Home

LeCroy SAS Sierra M6 1 User Manual

1. 22 Connecting over Different SuDnelfs 5 1 Lire a dana 26 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connect over Ethernet eeeeeeeeeee rennen nennen nnn 26 LAUNCHING Your ANN ZO Furia A didas 26 Operating in Simulation Mode vists idos 27 Usilig Me SOT Wales debil 27 FP FOLOCON E Avr ii ZO aii A A AA A 27 Viewing Captured Dala ius a ola dde 28 POr Stats ana 28 Statistical REDONS as 28 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Contents Data REDON UT sieves 28 INFUSIONES S 28 ANALY ZEF and INFUSIONES 29 Gross5yne Control Panel asia 29 Chapter 2 Protocol Analysis coi 31 Easy Mode Pre Dehined Setups 3 poi cre ue gets occ 31 Main A A NEN OWN ned 31 PFO ICC M Dl TERT DE TD NECS 33 Capture Tab Fields iiu id o Ru saber a beu uM BRA UO a nxaes QS s Dus UU NR RAN EUEE 33 Exclude SATA CONT SAS or Exclude CONT SATA 1 eeeseeenreee nennen nnne n nnn nnne nana nnn 33 Exclude SATA SYNC SAS or Exclude SYNC SATA 1 eeeceeeereee nne e enn enhn nnn nnn nanus 33 bermeerichricee c A A 33 EXCUSA tilda 33 EXCIUde Payload EXCEP METRE arta 33 EXCIUde ALIGN oi a 33 Exclude RRDY SAS ONIL a ln 33 Exclude NOTIFY SAS onhly 25 9 23 2 2 929290 162 05329 22590922 051 8 92 209 0 595 050 0 0 9002200080 0 005 0 0020 t2 005 0c oss Ee secs 34 EX
2. Start l Trig Pointer Szene Lozie C Pointer C AND Selected Items E Y Pointer f OR Selected Items C Last Found Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain Figure 3 64 Search Parameter Definition Dialog You can continue to search the output file using Next Search F3 or Previous Search F4 for the same pattern until you redefine the data capture search parameters Save Search Setup After you have set up a Search configuration you can save it as a SAS Search configuration file ssh or a SATA Search configuration file tsh by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Search dialog Search By Choose Hashed SAS Address to search on hash address or choose SAS Address to search for address Search Direction Choose either Forward or Backward direction in which to perform the search Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 149 LeCroy Corporation Search Search From Choose a starting point to begin or continue a search Start of the sample file Trigger Pointer X Pointer Y Pointer or Last Found Search Logic The default setting is Or Selected Items With this setting clicking Find Next locates all selected items in turn If you choose And Selected Items you can set a logical AND combination of items to find Both options allow setting Advanced search features Search For Choose a category to search in the Search For window Each
3. Start Crasspoint Check Close Figure 3 136 SATA Self Test Dialog Crosspoint Tab Choose the Crosspoint Interconnection Pair or External loop back to test and click the Start Crosspoint Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 205 LeCroy Corporation Tools Main FPGA Check SATA only To perform an Inter FPGA Connection check select the Main FPGA tab LS Im Save In I za Append emor detalls Figure 3 137 Self Test Dialog Main FPGA Tab Choose the Inter FPGA Connection test and click the Start Main FPGA Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line 206 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation Expansion Check To perform a Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check select the Expansion tab Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Expansion Card Data Status E Expansion Card Clack Status Save error details Cave Tr C Program Files LeCronLeCroy SATA Protocol SuitesUsersErrors detail elf El i Append error details le Number OF Run Each Test f Aun All Tests Sequentially Start Expansion Check Close Figure 3 138 Self Test Dialog Expansion Tab Choose the Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status to test and click the Star
4. Type Any SCSI Command C MMC 6 C SBC 3 C SMC 3 C SPC 4 C SSC2 C OSD 2 C ADC3 Command Type Any Command A CDB Type Format WN C Binary Cancel Hexadecimal 12 Byte Command 16 Byte Command Operation Code A 16 Byte Command Tag MOOR Destination amp ddress POOOOOOOOO OOS Source Address MOORE LUN OSOS in 12 MT JW T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 53 SAS SCSI Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog x Format FIS Type Any Type x C Binary Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal C ancel Register Device to Host 0 34 Show A Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 0x41 BIST 0x58 PIO Setup Ox5F Data 0x46 x es Iv H2 Iv D2 Iv H1 Iv DI Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 54 SATA FIS Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type on which to trigger and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types
5. Find device finds any devices that are attached to any port Select Tools on the main menu bar and choose Find Device Tools Window Help Self Test EI Eind Device Compliance Test Figure 3 140 SATA Find Device Command on Tools Menu The Device Identifier dialog opens Device Identifier B x Find Find Device in Allinfo C SAS Address e Tl E Te Supported Pages amp SubPages General Protocol Supported ssP SMP STP 41 Find device Export Save Load close Figure 3 141 SAS Device Identifier Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 209 LeCroy Corporation Find Device Click the Find Device button to search for connected devices After a brief period the dialog displays all device information Device Identifier Find Find Device in k Alllnfo SAS Address F mi Ere ora Il rai Device List Parameters PH Information EEF T1 50060560000003 5 Property FH Id E PHY 0 0 1 PHY 1 500605600000 Invalid word Count 0 0 0 men PHY 2 TERIS A PLY 3 Running Disparity Count ES PHY 4 ES PHY 5 fe PHY 6 fe PHY 7 is PHY 8 rae PHYS E PHY 10 PHY 11 500605600001 Loss OF DWord Sync Count PH Reset Problem Count Fd8d General Protocol Supported SSP i SMP T STP Number OF PH 12 Vendor Id LSILOGIC Expander Change Count 163 Product Id 5455126 0 Expander Route Indexes 144 Product Rev Lev Id 32 Config 0 E
6. Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 8 SCSI Spec Assignment seca seca Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm vw Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project Browse default path Software default C Windows default Found device list mode Reset clear the list of found devices C Refresh append to the list of Found devices Set as Factory Cancel Figure 3 76 SAS Software Settings Dialog General Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options except that it does not have SCSI spec assignment Paths User Path specifies the User folder path used by the software after launching the Open dialog Template Files Protocol Analyzer You can use a pre saved analyzer and or analyzer emulator project file as a template Whenever you make a new project file the software uses the template to initialize the project file New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode When you use the New menu item to create a new project file the software switches to Advanced mode automatically Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 161 LeCroy Corporation Software Settings 162 Other Default Workspace specifies the default workspace file for opening a sample file You can save any viewer configuration as a workspace and then specify it as the default workspace The software always open a trace file based on the default w
7. Sierra Board External Trig Setting f Highchve O Low Active C Toggle For changing the external trig setting go to Configuration menu and select External Trig Setting Figure 2 41 External Trigger Dialog You cannot select an External Trigger Setting so click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 65 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Bus Condition Double click Bus Condition in the Pattern window to open the Bus Conditions dialog zi Conditions 3 1 OK Electrical Idle Electrical Burst Cancel COMINIT COMRESET COMWAKE COMSAS Uncheck All Mai wi Y T1 ivre Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 42 SAS Bus Conditions Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog separates the COMINIT and COMRESET check boxes and replaces COMWAKE with Host COMWAKE and COMSAS with Device COMWAKE Check Conditions on which to trigger then click OK Note You can define triggering for specific ports by checking or unchecking Port IDs Symbol Double click Symbol in the Pattern window to open the Symbol dialog I 0s wi wv i2 I Ti Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Ef Eg E Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 43 Symbol Dialog 66 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Choose a symbol type by ch
8. 280 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation WaitForStop Used to wait for occurrence of specified condition Format WaitForStop SerialNumber Target Port Duration Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware Q Target Port Port number in port map a Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds In the Command Parame ters Window WaitForStop duration has three options m Infinite Wait until Stop command m Random Stop after a random time m Finite time Stop after specified time in milliseconds Example Run ox001267 Detect AddressFrame Open 2 WaitForStop 0x348790 2 Forever Run ox005007 Detect DATA 4 WaitForStop ox005007 4 100 Stop ox001207 2 aS Command Parameters Commands Parameters Run Serial Number S N 12871 flsStop Port MN ES p Beep Duration Infinite GoTo Stop Sleep El Label 0 E CS ft 1 ac DE dd another v Label 1 Wat F or SN 1287 l Port y E dc Gr her npt 01 4v Label2 Run SN Dy 1 Port 3 t REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Cj Label ort EN 1287 7 E UE H ac Labell Wat For SN D 1 Por s to Stop Just 10 ms Label 2 SIS 1287 1 Por 4 REPORT PHY LOGERROR Clic dd anothe nptco Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 281 Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation Sleep Used to sleep for a few seconds Format Sleep Duration Parameters Q D
9. Occurrence of Primitive Group SAS Primitive or SATA Primitive Occurrence of Running Disparity RD error Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SAS frame Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SATA frame Occurrence of a particular SCSI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of a particular SMP frame Occurrence of Final SNW SNW1 SNW2 SNW3 Train SNW Occurrence of a particular SSP frame Occurrence of a particular elapsed time time period Occurrence of input trigger The following sections provide some additional details about three of the above events 239 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Events 240 DWORD Matcher DWORD Matcher is a DWORD pattern matcher that presents match and mask fields and a K Code Mask field K Codes are control characters that are always used in the first byte of a four byte primitive Of the K Code masks listed in the menu D D D D is used for data bytes and K D D D is used for all primitives When you create a DWORD match keep the following in mind Q The pattern can be inside or outside of frames it does not matter if the pattern is inside a frame or not Q Because the pattern can be inside or outside of frames there is no offset Q You can make user defined primitives This is the reason this feature was cre ated Q You can use any K D pattern SAS Data Pattern When you create a SAS data pattern keep the following in min
10. 153 nz Figure 3 23 Packet Decode Information Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 111 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Field List View Displayed in a Seperate Window Click Configuration gt Software Settings and select the Field List View tab refer to Figure 3 80 on page 166 to see the default settings of the Field List View dialog The Show Field List in Column View checkbox is selected as the default setting In order to view the Field List View in a separate window the Spreadsheet View needs to be open Click on the Field List View icon to view it in a separate window as shown in the following figure SHS GJ S ene fm u s amp mis n pvo E 8 Y de a n mem f B 9 9 1 Le amp sc Kh D PY ak Trp rer Geje Ir T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 ra 15 T5 16 T6 17 T7 18 Te ime p Relative Time o Src SAS Address Dest SAS Address lt MC Link Le Target RD Relative Time Le ENNNCCANNF292E45 AAAAAAAPPPDBBB 3 45 52 515 792 153 hr 494917 R_RDY NORMAL HE 13 ns 616 hr 306 ns 213 ns 213 ns 213 ns Transport SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H as RE E 616 ns 3 45 52 616 792 200 hr 35658 Kil 0x07 Response DFF564 516 i ER Hashed Src SAS Addr H MEE EE Data Pointer H ReTransmit H Retry Data Frames H 616 792 500 hr AELS DAD3E9 mE 616 792 506 213 ns 616 213 ns TLR CONTROL H Num of Fill Bytes H Tag H Target Port T
11. For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note The Save As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View Change Format of Logical Block Address LBA You can set different LBA formats in Packet View and Spreadsheet View To change the LBA format right click the LBA column to display the popup menu select Format and change the format to Decimal Hexadecimal or Binary In Spreadsheet View you can also click the Sample Viewer Configuration icon to display the Sample Viewer Configuration dialog Expand the Frame List Spread Sheet View select LBA Sector and change the Format If you cannot change the format there select the Link Fields Transport Fields ATA Cmd Fields or SCSI Cmd Fields node select the field such as LBA High and then change the Format Histogram View The Histogram View displays a histogram of frame type transfers To display the Histogram View of the current capture click View gt Histogram View or click the Lui button on the View Type toolbar E Y Eme Y Ence E User Defines Zoom l5 x y 3k A Li Figure 3 28 Histogram View Hide Frames You can customize the histogram by including only frame types that you want 114 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation To choose frame types to include in
12. Note If sample capture occurs with more than one unit active additional Port Status windows display Toolbars Enabling Tool Bars To customize the Viewer Display workspace you can enable and reposition the available toolbars To display or hide toolbars select View gt Toolbar then check or uncheck toolbars View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools wind Packet view EJ Column view E3 Text View n Wave Form view L Statistical Report View TI Date view ES Field List view i Spread Sheet View ls Histogram view S Toolbar ta m Status Bar m Viewer m Cursor Position BE SCS Spec Assignment Fa m EH Wrap Packets meade Nate To File BITTER Uniti E Full screen le Viewer Settin Unite 8 zoomin w view Type Units O seam Units Units E al Sia eH Actual Size T Q Toolbars are a Main O Viewer O Cursor Position O Layers O Decode Q Channels Unit 1 Unit2 and so on O Viewer Setting O View Type Once enabled the toolbars can dock at the Viewer Display window or float on the windows desktop Main Toolbar See SAS Software Menus and Toolbar on page 34 124 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars LeCroy Corporation View Type Toolbar See Switching Views on page 102 Viewer Toolbar The Viewer toolbar allows searching filtering collapsing expanding and data reporting APPLEK R MPIO a 2 JA i s de m
13. Partial Memory 84 Paths settings 161 pattern definition 81 Pattern command 46 pattern definition in sequential trigger mode 81 Pattern triggers 62 Payload field length 167 Pending ATA IO 118 Pending SCSI IO 118 Performance Report 190 performance report 189 PIO Setup FIS 60 PM Performance Report 192 PM Statistic Report 192 port renaming 106 status 123 port alias 157 Port Configuration 223 224 Port Configuration button 88 port ID 106 Port Speed 87 Port Status 28 Post Trigger Capture tab 48 pre trigger 82 data 84 Pre Trigger Capture tab 48 Primitive dialog 49 67 Primitive Manipulation 222 primitive report 180 primitive response timeout 86 Print Preview button 195 project examples 43 file type definition 42 notes 91 settings 83 project note 91 Project Tree 33 projects 42 protocol error mask 86 Protocol Analysis 31 Protocol Analyzer 27 Protocol Analyzer setting 161 protocol error report 183 protocol errors 50 Protocol Errors dialog 50 71 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Q Queue Command Report 191 Quick Start manual 15 Quick View 100 163 R random data pattern 96 Read Write Command Report 193 read write command report 188 Rec Analyzer command 223 Refresh append to the list of found devices 162 Refresh Device List 25 register device to host FIS 57 58 relative time display 36 Remove Device 24 Rename Title of Port dialog 106 renaming port 106 Repeat deco
14. Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra M6 7 SAS SATA 6Gbps For Software Version 4 20 Document Version 2 0 August 2011 LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Copyright 2011 LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group All rights reserved Trademarks and Servicemarks LeCroy CATC Trace PCI Express PETracer Edge PETracer EML PETracer ML PETracer PETrainer EML PETrainer ML PETracer Summit Summit T2 16 Universal Protocol Analyzer System UPAS and BusEngine are trademarks of LeCroy Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL INFORMATION EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT LeCroy FOR A COPY Copyright 2011 LeCroy Corporation All rights reserved This document may be printed and reproduced witho
15. Software Settings LeCroy Corporation Sample Viewer Tab Software Settings 3 General Sample Viewer Spread Sheet View Column view Field List view Open Sample File In Optimization Default Workspace v Sampling memory usage optimization C As Previously Saved v Quick View Q9 More Info Switch ta CATC Navigation Cancel button kills upload immediately v Reverse Link Data Close previous sample File when new sample File opens Pack Repeated Primitives Create statistical report read write page Figure 3 77 SAS Software Settings Dialog Sample Viewer Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options Open Sample file In Optimization Default Workspace The software opens a sample file in view s based on the specified default workspace As previously saved The software opens a sample file in view views based on the last saved configuration for the sample file Sampling memory usage optimization Enables memory cascading for two ports The analyzer will use memory of another port if there is not data on another port see Sampling Memory Usage Optimization on page 167 Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the Host PC hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you do not check Quick View the trace loads more slowly bu
16. fonts 157 display Configuration 153 display configuration 153 display customization 154 Display License Information 177 display manipulation 101 Display pre filtered cells as blank in column view 166 DMA activate FIS 59 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index LeCroy Corporation DMA setup FIS 59 Don t care Snapshot 62 downloading a scenario 273 DWORD Matcher 240 E Easy Mode 27 31 Edit script 220 e mail 289 Email CATC Support 289 Enable Tooltip box 156 Entire Memory 84 Error Injection 222 error message startup 17 errors 277 Ethernet connecting with 21 Event 231 event counter 243 scenario 238 example files 43 exclude from capture Align 33 Idles 34 Notify 34 OOB Signals 33 patterns 47 Payload of Data Frame 33 RRDY 33 SATA_CONT 33 SATA_SYNC 33 XXXX 33 Exclude Idle checkbox 47 Expand All 110 Expand Log button 217 Expand Collapse all Layers button 125 Expanded Waveform View 120 Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check 208 Export Paired SAS Address Report 40 Export Read Write Command Report 39 Export to Excel button 194 Export to Generator 39 External Trig In Setting 87 170 External Trig Out Setting 87 170 External Trig Setting 224 External Trig Setting dialog 170 external trigger 87 External Trigger dialog 65 F fax number 289 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual field show hide 107 Field List Settings 166 field l
17. Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide Show Nneeees Filter Idle 4 r Filter Logic wi i2 lwi3 KH A TS ie TI iv T2 e T3 e 14 Reset Al Check All I Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Figure 3 46 SAS Filter Setup Dialog Multi Level Filtering Use Pair SAS Addresses Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 133 LeCroy Corporation Filtering Filter Filter Options Bus Condition Register Host to Device Incomplete Frames JRegister Device to Host DMA Activate PATA Command Protocol Error Part ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide Show Filter Idle Forts Filter Logic H I He i H3 Iw H4 I pi e n2 v p3 Iv D4 Reset All Check All cave Load Cancel Figure 3 47 SATA Filter Setup Dialog You can select or deselect each of the items shown in the Filter Options window for filtering by checking or unchecking a corresponding check box Items not in the current Sample are in shade Note If you select a group that also selects all child items Note Only packets captured at run time are available for selection for filtering Filter Type You can choose to show or hide the Filter Type items by checking the Show or Hide option button Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands q
18. Command Status I 5aurce 545 Address Destnation 55 Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Errar IL 5TP Part Tag IL amp TAPI SCSI Command IL Miscellaneous r Filler Tope 4 Hide C Show Filter Idle Forts wn il Mi i Iw T1 Iv T2 v T3 v T4 Reset All Check All Save Load _J0e5000E 5000000001 gt ESAE SE _J0e5000E 5000000001 0s5000C500001 030 31 7025000500001 03D 91 gt 05000E 85000000001 Ox5000C500001 03091 gt 045000626 000001 074 J025000626 000001 07 4 gt 025006056000000305 005000626 000001 074 gt 0250000500007 04765 05000626000001 074 gt 025000C500001030 91 05000626000001 074 gt 0 50060560000003C4 r Filter Logic peres Eo 3 W Multi Level Filtering ted It m detis rwn Use Pair 5 amp 5 Addresses Iw Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 48 First Level of Multilevel Filtering 135 LeCroy Corporation Filtering 136 Filter m Filter Options Bus Condition Primitive Incamplete Frames j amp ddress Frames I9 55P Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Lammands SMP Commands Task Management Functions MATA Commands 505l Command Status Source 55 Address Destination 545 Address Par 545 Address Protocol Error amp TA FI SCS Command Miscellaneous Fiter Type 4 v
19. Delete a selected scenario Assign scenario to device ports Refresh the library Copy Paste O DOOOOUOUOD Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface LeCroy Corporation Device Ports If a device is connected the software displays the Device Ports Device Ports SN 128806008 yk 3 Scenarios wu Set Scenario by Drag Drop or Click on Grid Columns Library Scenario i YO Figure 4 4 Device Ports Using the first row of icons you can Run Stop All Ports or Run Stop individual ports The columns display the Port Function Configuration Library and Scenario You can Float Dock Auto Hide or Hide the window Note A port row is grayed out when that port has not been configured to be a Jammer in the Port Configuration dialog see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 228 Using the Device Ports Dialog After you have finished Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 228 you use the Device Ports dialog to assign specific scenarios to ports so that different scenarios can run on different ports To assign a scenario to a port drag and drop the scenario from any library window to the port The Device Ports dialog then displays the Library and Scenario on the row for that Port Configuration Device Parks SN 61656 ib 2b Scenarios we Ports are Ready to Run Library Scenario Y 5M 61658 Mew Scenario 1 g Y SN 61658 New Scena
20. E E Figure 4 11 Scenario Properties Dialog Box In the Scenario Properties screen the direction for traffic modification is defined on a global basis for the entire scenario In other words any scenario action that modifies line traffic only affects the traffic flowing in the direction established at the top of the scenario in the Scenario Properties Scenario events can be monitored in either direction and therefore the parameters for events provide the ability to specify the intended direction for monitoring traffic for that event SATA Smart Hold Option HE Scenario Properties m E Properties Mame Mew Scenario 0 Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yez 3 Set OOB QUE Definition Normal Spec Value Smart Hold Figure 4 12 SATA Scenario Properties Dialog Box SATA Scenario Properties have a Smart Hold option which is on by default Each port monitors incoming data which originated with the other device s receiver as close as possible to where it enters the bus engine If a port detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame the port stops reading data from the FIFO and generates HOLDA The HOLD propagates through the bus engine and eventually goes to the other device 236 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios LeCroy Corporation where the HOLD causes the other device to send HOLDA The bus engine FIFOs must be deep enough to hold all the traffic that the other device sends w
21. Figure 4 23 Example 3 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears Choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second primitive that you want to monitor Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type list on the left choose Substitute SAS Primitive as the action that you want when either RRDY Reserved O or RRDY Normal occurs Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 3 Creating OR Conditions LeCroy Corporation 10 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 3 Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 gt x Scenario Mame Replace BEDY Normal or BRPDY Reserved QO Description Wait for BEDY Normal or BEDY Reserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Lili Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator OR RPDT RESERVED 0 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt v T mla T2 im l l Ww AAA m m Tm For Help press F1 CAP MOM SCRL Figure 4 24 Example 3 Complete Scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 253 LeCroy Corporation Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions
22. For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note The Save As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 105 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Customize Display Rename Port You can rename each port for easy identification To rename a port right click the port ID in Text View or Column View i Rename title of port Sho Hide Apply width to all columns Software Setting Shift 5 Goto Figure 3 9 Rename Port Choose Rename title of port to open the Rename Title of Port dialog Rename title of port i x New Title Initiatori 0 Cancel Figure 3 10 Rename Title of Port Select and Apply Show Hide Port Mode You can simplify the viewer display by hiding the captures of ports All active ports are highlighted on the Show Hide Ports toolbar You can Show Hide a Single Port or you can Show Hide Multiple Ports Click on the drop down arrow and select from the two options as shown in the following figure a Show Hide Single Port a Show Hide Multiple Ports Click on the Apply show hide port button to apply the specific mode efr 8 amp Apply show hide port button m Show s Hide Single Port Show Hide Multiple Ports Figure 3 11 Show Hide Single or Multiple Ports Show Hide Single Port If Show H
23. Jump to Previous button 197 Jump to Specific button 197 K K Codes 240 L lanes report 188 launching 26 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 41 Layers Toolbar 129 Layers toolbar 130 LED check 209 library 232 device 234 main 233 License Configuration 169 License Manager 169 line condition 239 link layer command interpretation 36 Link With Sample View 197 Load dialog 97 294 log file 277 M Main FPGA tab 207 Main Library window 233 Main Toolbar 124 main toolbar 35 Main Window 31 Manual Trig 62 Manual Trig button 62 manual trigger 62 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 162 Memory Assignment 167 memory check 204 Memory Size 84 Micro D Sync cable 18 Micro D to DB 9 cable 19 Mode 167 Mode of frame field list 167 Move drop down list 197 MUX Setting 90 MUX Setting dialog 90 Muxing 90 N NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 162 network 21 Networks 24 New Batch Script command 223 New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode 161 New Scenario button 235 New script 220 normal zoom reset 128 Notes tab 91 Number of Run text box 84 Number of Runs Each Test 204 O Open as Data Vie 121 Open Library command 223 Open Sample file In 163 operating system 17 order reorder in results display 129 130 Others Report view 183 P Pack Repeated Primitives 164 Packet Drop 222 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index LeCroy Corporation Packet View 28 99 102 packing list 15
24. Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Command PM Port Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count 95 All All v Al wi All v Al Al fe Read DMA Ext 0 H gt D 3 2048 Normal Output 37 733 333 59 us 415 31 13 Write DMA Ext 0 H gt D 4 2048 Normal Output 17 133 333 21 us 179 13 43 Write FPDMA Queued 0 H gt D 6 2048 Normal Output 26 133 333 21 us 236 17 70 Read FPDMA Queued 0 H gt D 5 2048 Normal Output 32 106 666 56 us 470 35 26 Identify Device 0 H gt D 3 512 Normal Output 30 746 667 86 us 3 0 23 Check Power Mode 0 H D 2 0 Normal Output 6 826 666 83 us 3 0 23 Execute Device Diagnostic 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 693 333 63 us 3 0 23 Flush Cache 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 746 666 91 us 10 0 75 Figure 3 101 SATA ATA Command Report Time out of ATA Command Report The Time out shows the NCQ time out It is applicable for only NCQ commands A threshold can be set in the NCQ commands Timeout Threshold the default value is 1000 usec the user can change it to any value The statistical report provides a Time out report based on this threshold Any NCQ command that takes more than the given threshold is flagged as yes which means that a timeout occurred for that command ATAPI Report To display the ATAPI Report click the ATAPI tab The ATAPI Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense 10 Read1
25. Run verification script s y C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User SampleSeg1 scs TTE scrip pt Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of processing E of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level uj sample ala commande This script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued by ATAPI commands WS sample ssp protocol These SCSI commands are counted Ss SMP_Discover4ndReporT racking Inquiry Read 10 write 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 O Run scripts AAA ATAPI SCSI commands count ATAPI SCSI command Result Mode SelectilO0 Mode Sense l10 3 Expand Log fey Save Output A Settings Done X to Y Ons Xto T Ons Y to T Ons For Help press F1 TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 147 Run Verification Scripts Dialog 4 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts Run verification scriptis y Edit script E Mew script Show Grid Show Description windiew Show Output Settings Figure 3 148 Run Verification Scripts Menu 218 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE LeCroy Corporation Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings New scr
26. When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to trigger on OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this DWORD pattern as 03 02 01 00 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors in the Pattern window to open the Protocol Errors dialog Protocol Error SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port and does not show SSP SMP or STP radio buttons Check the protocol error s to trigger on and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 71 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup STP Frame SAS only Double click STP Frame in the Pattern window to open the FIS Pattern dialog FIS Pattern Register Device to Host 0x34 Set Device Bits 0x4 1 0x39 0x41 0x58 Ox5F 0x46 X Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RERRERRR Cyl Low exp Vi mi M T1 M T2 Check All Uncheck All Count ll Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 49 SAS FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the FIS type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an FIS type on which to trigge
27. You set Primitive Response Timeout and HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout in the Settings tab Analyzer Settings section LJ auto rur MUmMoer or Aur 55 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DwO RD 7 Show XXX HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 205 C Disable descrambling 4 ransmigsion Period AS LI Frame Type Error Wrong frame type Frame Length Error Reported frame length is different than actual frame length Frame Direction Error Wrong frame direction For example Register Device to Host coming from the Host CRC Error CRC error detected ACK NAK Timeout SAS only ACK or NAK primitive missing or encountered unexpectedly Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation No longer detects Code Violation or Disparity Error Delimiter Error Detects two SOF primitives without an EOF between them Also detects two EOF primitives without an SOF between them Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 51 LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors 52 STP Frame SAS only Double click STP Frame to open the FIS Patterns dialog xi FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 7 Format C Binary Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal Cass Register Device to Host 0x34 J Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 0x41 0x58 t to Device Ox5F Ox46 Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp JEJEJEJE Cyl
28. change port names and change data format You can show the layers and channels using their toolbars You can decode using the Decode toolbar You can Search and Filter Configuration For special work you can use the Configuration menu to configure Data Blocks Software Settings and TxVout amp Pre emphasis See Display Configuration on page 153 Port Status You can display an overview of the active ports by clicking the buttons at the bottom right of the main window See Port Status on page 123 Statistical Reports You can generate statistics for all transports commands primitives bus conditions addresses lanes and errors See Statistical Report on page 178 Data Report The data report displays all the data sent from the host to the device and from the device to the host See Data Report on page 201 InFusion The LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems See InFusion Overview on page 221 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Operating in Simulation Mode LeCroy Corporation Analyzer and InFusion Sierra M6 1 Analyzers can be used in tandem to combine simultaneous error injection and trace capture analysis capabilities STX M6 1 STX M6 1 InFusion Analyzer y ST Me Sa
29. click the New Batch Script Script button or select File New Batch Script Script Workspace In the Script Workspace add a command and make a batch file E LeCroy InFirian Ercor Injector and rallin Sociali file Wew Corfiguraten Tools Hap o a dd 3 5 E 1 Hew Somnia Coen Library Brand Show Fle Show Library Sue Duit Show Analyze re Trauer Manager E H 13 Rec lualyoer Keo Fak qo New Script bx LO TIBET lauds ele Batch Seripr s valid WEE Mam Library 9 x Ada Els Dada ix Cees aie D Soeur io 40 READ GPIO REGISTER T Wew amp emwre O AD REPORT SELF ON URAT LON SEAT 40 REPORT ZONE PERIMTSSTON TABLE 20 REPORT ZONE MANAGER PASSWORD AD REPORTI BAD AST 40 DE CER 4 REPORT FH ERROR LOG REPORT FHT SATA 40 REPORT ROUTE THRO TICA 4 REPORT PHY EVENT AO DPSCONVER LIST 40 REPORT PHY EVENT LIST 20 REPORT EXPANDER ROUTE TABLE LIE AD CON GURE GENERAL AO ENABLE DISSERE ZONA 20 ARTIE GEO REGISTER 2 DOMED ERCIADICAST Inject CRC error inject Disparity error hemove finn Srenanin Caplure amp Sue Stube r Man library Fie Marise Dufput Ox Er Y Li La Lx In this window you can enter a script command by clicking Click here to add script command 274 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation 3 First click Click here to add script command to open the Command Properties dialog RL Command Parameter
30. table summarizes the sequence logic TABLE 4 10 Example 8 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description Wait for Align 0 When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 2 If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 3 If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise go to Indicate Error Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As in previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 267 LeCroy Corporation Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d Align Test x File Library c 4 X Dada Scenarios un di S equencers ex di Align T est d Sequencer exa Scenario Name Align Test Description Detect incorrect order of Alis and beep when it happens Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aligqgnd Wait for ALICN 0 from Initiator zClick here to add combined event gt then Bra
31. 0 rec 2 Serdes Chip 1 reas 2 Serdes Chip 2 reas 2 Serdes Chip 3 Save error details Cave IH C Program Files LeCropLeCrop SATA Protocol Suites sersE rors detail sl El i Append error details ae Number OF Run Each Test f O Run All Tests Sequentially Start Serdes Check Close Figure 3 135 SATA Self Test Dialog Serdes Tab Choose the n FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip to test and click the Start Serdes Check button After a short time the Test Result and Marvel Failure Type appear to the right of the selected line Marvel Failure Type indicates the error type 204 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation Crosspoint Check To perform a Crosspoint Crosspoint bus test or Crosspoint external loop back select the Crosspoint tab Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result E Pcross paint Intercon J Cross point Intercon Pcross paint Intercon Pcross paint Intercon ii cross point Intercon Ei Cross point Intercon Pcross paint Intercon FairtUL4 LU4 Cross point Intercon Pair LU1 LIL1 Pair LU2 ULZ Pair LU3 ULZ Pair LU4 UL4 Pair UL1 LUI Pair LIL2 LUZ Pair LIL3 LUZ External Link 1 LIAX LIEX EO External Link 2 L2AXILZEX External Link 3 L3AXIL3EX External Link 4 L4AX LAEX External Link 5 LBAX LBEX Iv Append eror details Number Of Run Each Test f Run Al Tests Sequentially
32. 115 SUS UWIZAUON VIEW cara A dia 117 Bus Utilization BULLODIS anciana an die 118 WaVeto rm DIS DIAY cosa NN 119 Making a timing Measurement riisiin iada niea a aa a aaa ia Kaian A Eada NKE 119 Expanded Waveform View ii AAA E DEUS cu EU P 120 SPEC VIEW ias 120 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 5 LeCroy Corporation Contents Data Payload VIO Wisin iii oia O aO 121 Fina Data Pattern ep 121 Compare Two Data PayloadS 00 da 122 Tue AI VIC WS HOTNzZONta Winnie 123 Port Status ii 123 TOC Da Sierra naaa 124 Enabling FOOL BAES 3 perve Eminem ds ot eu CEP teeta ese a ude pc ss opu attic Dub V pd eV EL E DU ue Du ed 124 Mam TOOIDOE rra E iaa 124 VIEW IDO TOOID al eet 125 NIeWer TOO IDA IE LT E cnt 125 Viewer Seting Tocar 128 Cursor POSITION Status B l enian a Paci aue e nt PL Cii Eon MP DL D M M RE AE 128 Layers HOOID AR SAS insista M 129 Layers Toolbar SATA aa aia 130 Decode TODD Asma aio 131 Status Bal 0 OPA OO A 132 SCEACH CMS rats ects EEEE uw wave Du ei wn civ da oe mane eco LEM ad ps vice IM ED DEPT ees 132 PLO RNG O 132 Filter SS UNO a vem nena cee 133 selectable Filter Options f r OA O van vlan ce cue itum acu DEANA ENEN ANa EAEE NAREN ANNAAS 137 Selectable Filter Options Tor SATA siii ousiur o Regen edu xE En Due APR Ud Re cakes dean 141 ENADIO FINOT arseeni iia id 142 PURO OG a A A a 143 Using the Cursors and BookmarksS
33. B Byte Command Show Reserved 10 Byte Command 12 Byte Command Par 16 Byte Command Operation Code Long LBA 16 Byte Command PM Part A Format m C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Vi iwi IV T M T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 47 SAS ATAPI Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 69 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 70 Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern in the Pattern window to open the Data Pattern dialog Data Pattern r Format xj a SSP Hashed Source SAS Address 30000 C Binary C STP Hashed Destination SAS Address 509009 Hexadecimal Cancel Data Data Offset o Dwords 0 255 56000009 Dw 30000000 Dw 20000000 Dw3 30000009 Dw2 20000009 Dw5 9000000 Dw4 OOOO Dw OOOO Dw amp 3000000 DWg 3000000 Dw8 OIR Dwi 30000009 Dwid 3000909 Dw13 2000000 Dwi2 000000 Dw15 HOODOO Dw14 Vin mr n mt Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each ink fi Figure 2 48 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for triggering and click OK Note
34. BU Adding new 555 power management primitives Grouping Type Wide Hardware bin file version 3 21 18 with Hw versioni Hamilton Analyzer armed at 12 25 PM Thu Mar 05 2009 Analyzer triggered at 12 25 PM Thu Mar 5 2009 Sample saved at 12 26 PM Thu Mar 05 2009 Original Capture Project Open Licensing Information Unknown Close Figure 3 3 Sample Properties Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 101 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Switching Views To display the capture in any other available view select from the View menu or from the View Type toolbar Show Hide Waveform View Show Hide Column View Show Hide Spreadsheet View Show Hide Text View q BEER HBO 8 Eul Show Hide Statistical Report View Show Hide Field List View Show Hide Histogram View Show Hide Packet View Compare Payloads Figure 3 4 View Type Toolbar After you select a view it appears in a separate window To increase the new window display size select View gt Packet View or click the Show Hide Packet View button to hide the Packet View When scrolling through a window display using the scroll bar the displays in the other windows also scroll To rearrange the tiling select the Window menu and choose Cascade Tile Vertical or Tile Horizontal Save and Open a Workspace The workspace wss file sets viewing parameters Save After you open a trace and select views you can save the viewing param
35. Click here to NEUE event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl Figure 4 18 Example 1 Adding an Event The Event Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 13 on page 238 4 Inthe Type column of the Event Properties dialog choose Primitive gt SAS Primitive 5 In the Type column in the middle of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the event 6 Click Direction to choose the direction of traffic to monitor for the selected event the default is From Initiator which is what you want for this example 248 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive LeCroy Corporation 7 Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which you want to wait in this scenario In this example it is RRDY Normal lala Type Address Frame z Any Dword 2 ATA Command e ATA Command Frame E ATAPI Both Links Up z CRC Error Dword Matcher m FIS Frame FIS Type pu Frame Type Ds Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB Signal Er Primitives z Primitive Group SA5 Primitive o SATA Primitive 2 Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI z SMP Frame SSP Frame Event Ho 1 From Initiator NOTIFY ENABLE
36. Figure 4 34 Example 7 Adding an Event for the First State The Event Properties dialog box appears 5 Inthe Event Properties dialog box select Address Frame as the event Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 7 In the State O area click the prompt to add an action 262 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules LeCroy Corporation New Scenario O Jq Pp X Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State O Click here to jump to the pro Status Mat saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Rules Click here to add an event sequence State O F Wait for Click here to add M NM Figure 4 35 Example 7 Adding an Action for the First State The Action Properties dialog box appears 8 For the action select Branch to New State 9 Click the OK button to close the Action Properties dialog box 10 This saves the action and automatically creates an area for State 1 in the scenario 11 In the State 1 area click the prompt to add an event The Event Properties dialog box appears 12 Choose the Address Frame event In the Direction column select From Target you want State 1 to trigger on an Identify Address frame received from the target 13 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User
37. Fonward C Backward Search From Start C Trig Pointer C Pointer Search Logic C AND Selected Items C Pointer C Last Found Reset All Save Load Figure 3 63 SAS Search Data Pattern OF Selected Items Cancel Domain lt lt Search Domain Ors Hn M 12 lv T e T2 Check All UnCheck All Protocol Error W Packet with Error Packet without Error Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Search LeCroy Corporation Search Sub Items LB amp Range Search Items identity Device Search For Data Pattern Bus Condition Read OMA Ext mm Primitive write DMA Ext ee vi Iw Ineomplete Frames v1 72 amp ddress Frames To LBA 8SP Frames Hex S8MP Frames 8TP Frames Tag Check All UnCheck All 8C5I Commands Tag Pange Protocol Error SMP Commands Task Management Function 5E5 Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Error Tag 5ES Task Attribute ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Packet with Error Packet without Error From Tag jo Hex To Tag fe Hex F Forts W Don t Care M STP Port 0 Search By C Hashed SAS Address SAS Address Search Direction Fonward Backward Search Fram i Advanced
38. General Bus Condition Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Others PM Statistic PM Performance O DOODODODODODOCDO ODO Note Results are displayed only for items that have been captured in the sample Report Options Some report categories offer options to display only specific items These report categories incorporate drop down list boxes offering pre defined and custom options For details see Formatting the Statistical Report View on page 198 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 179 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content General Report To display the General Report click the General tab The General Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Type All Custom Bus Condition FIS Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame STP Frame a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Duration All Custom or time unit a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a 96 of total count EFICIENCIA Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Type Direction Duration Count Yo Al v all v All al FIS H gt D 9 191 89358 ms 1748 29 70 FIS D gt H 122 484 352 11 ms 4054 65 58 Bus Condition H gt D 62 213 333 13 us 32 0 54 Bus Condition D gt H 93 506 668 09 us 52 0 88 0 13183196 589
39. InFusion device Sequences The Global Rules are all you need for simple test scenarios However a scenario also can contain one or two sequences which can define multiple states and allow branching between states With a sequence you also can do looping which allows you to repeat a test state or to execute a test for a specified period of time As with Global Rules the menu driven interface guides you in building a sequence Some of the prompts are different however because you now are encapsulating groups of events and actions as distinct states Recall that a state is a combination of events and actions at a specific point in time If the event or combined event defined by a state occurs the corresponding action or set of actions follows Scenario Name Test 3276 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for SOF from Initiator then Beep 500 ms j Sequence O State oO Wait for CEC Error from Initiator then Branch to Stare 1 Figure 4 7 Global Rules and Sequence Areas of a Scenario InFusion hardware provides the capacity to have up to two sequences co existing in a scenario in addition to the Global Rules Recall that both the Global Rules and any sequences are active at all times Each is a separate state machine having the behavior of a particular test state at any point in time Because the Global Rules has the capacity for only one state you can view it as a deg
40. Jj JJ 8B B UOS B MN Define Custom Colors gt gt Cancel Figure 3 70 Color Choose an appropriate color and click OK Viewer Setting Check the Wrap Packet box to enable the wrapping of packets in the display Check the Enable Tooltip box to enable tool tips for packet fields Data Payload You can format the Data Payload display For Columns in Row select 1 2 4 8 or 16 For Bytes in Column select 1 2 4 8 or 16 Time Stamp Origin Select Absolute User DEfined Trigger or Based on System Time Start Time and Port You can use the same color for the start time and port Packet View Condense Mode You can enable Packet View Condense Mode to minimize Packet View rows Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Set Port Alias LeCroy Corporation Time Stamp Format Select LeCroy Milliseconds or Microseconds Font To change display fonts click the Font button to open the Font dialog box Font Font style Size Cancel Tr AvantGarde Md BT AaBbYyZz Mal Script Westem Figure 3 71 Font Choose the font font style and size and click OK Save Load Settings You can save the customized configuration settings in a cfg file by clicking the Save button and completing the Save As procedure To load a previously saved configuration file click Load and choose an appropriate file Set Port Alias Port Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each port to assi
41. Library Displays hides the scenarios of the current device library Port Configuration Displays the port configuration dialog See Port Configuration for InFusion on page 228 Show Analyzer Returns to the Protocol Analyzer or Target Host Emulator window Show Trainer Goes to the Trainer window Run Batch Script Runs a scenario batch file Stop Batch Script Stops a running scenario batch file Rec Analyzer Starts recording on the current analyzer using the current project Stop Stops recording on the current analyzer Abort Aborts recording Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 223 LeCroy Corporation Interface Menus The InFusion interface has the following menus File see command descriptions in the Buttons section above a ODO O O O View O OOOO O New Scenario Open Scenario Device Library or Main Library Open an InFusion database infdb file New Batch Script Save Batch Script As New Library Close Library Device Library or Main Library Save Library Save Copy of Library As Open Log File Print Setup Exit Views Library Output Customize see window descriptions in Buttons section above Smart Docking Toolbar Status Bar Show Analyzer Show Trainer Configuration Update Sierra Device see Update Sierra Device on page 171 Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 228 External Trig Setting see External Trig
42. Low exp vn ii wn vr Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 21 SAS FIS Patterns Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose an FIS type to capture or exclude and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types Q Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Vendor LDLIDDLDLUDLDUL Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors LeCroy Corporation Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type Pattern X Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type X Any Address Frame Type X F v Hexadecimal i Cancel Ust Parameter Value Address Frame Type X Any Address Frame Type vn vi Y T1 Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 22 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Types list box and choose an address frame type SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog xi Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type A y C Binay An CMP Erame Tuna LO Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved arkroosc Parameter i l Value SMP Frame Type X Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function Vii v 1
43. M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index B Based on Cell Type 164 Based on Port No 164 Based on Read Write Command Type 164 Based on Specific Command Type 165 batch command editing 276 batch script 274 Batch Script Setting 224 Beep statement 282 BIST FIS 60 bookmarks 145 finding 146 Break Link Recovery 222 Browse Default Path 162 buffer full 123 bus condition report 181 Bus Conditions dialog 66 Bus Utilization buttons 118 Bus Utilization View 117 buttons bus utilization 118 Buzzer check 209 Byte Order 109 Bytes in Column 156 C Cancel button kills upload immediately 164 capture parameter 47 pre and post trigger 48 Capture tab 33 Capture tab for Pattern 46 captured data 28 cascading 18 CATC Script Language 217 CATC Technical Support 289 cell address 95 Check for Updates 176 291 LeCroy Corporation Index Choose Port Speed 87 Click here to add another script command 276 Click here to add script command 275 Clock check 203 Close previous sample file when new sample file opens 164 Collapse All 111 Collapse Log button 217 color 156 column hiding 200 rearrange 105 resize 105 column content filtering 198 sorting 200 Column View 28 column view 104 Column View Memory Size 166 Column View Packet Size 166 Columns in Row 156 Combined Event 231 Command Parameters dialog 275 Command Properties dialog 275 compensate for line loss 160 compliance test 212 Compli
44. MB S Cmd Average Write MB S Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte per SSP Frame Average Byte per STP Frame General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Eror Performance Lanes Others Min Compl Time 69 293 334 96 us 10 442 747 12 ms 50 291 065 22 ms 4 66 ms Figure 3 114 SAS Performance Report Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Init Bus Util Target Bus Util Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes 10 97 ms 43 57 659 1331728 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Performance Report SATA To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays information in the following columns O Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Host Bus Utilization Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte Per FIS FIS Minimum Difference Time FIS Average Difference Time FIS Maximum Difference Time LDLLIDLLDLDLLDLDLDDDDDUDIDUDODUDUDIODUDULDULUL la be Gu En amp ru 4p JL c 1 of 1 Code Violation Prat
45. MR 22S N eoo EE o EV bia E CUN EE XI ERE EFIE ARE NAR MER ER EE RR ida 245 Summary of Scenario Creation utili 246 Creating Global RUIlGS ios lali 247 Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive 248 Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error 251 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions celiacos 252 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions oocconccccccnonocnconconanenanonncnncnnnnonannnnenarennnnnnrnanenanenans 254 Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event ccccccceeceseeeeeeeneeeneeneeeeeseneeeesenneenenenees 256 Example G2 USING LIME Siri coenendicdielhantrcdaiducdmensedateviceanetacesdavedaneaubisbiedbastvesuoseatsines 258 Creating a SequentcO sui ini cea ee LE PUE EE 260 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules 261 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 267 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 eere 270 Dowhloadilij SCO ANOS niea ciet eoe uiu seca vcra eimi aa 273 R UNTINO SCOnaros MEE 273 Scenario Batch Files cdi iaa 274 O uuo uscita clo ETE en Les semana Eo sup ERES up ORE UE se duiasseueveessuuusseueacueuaswenreeses sunea E 274 Error CHECKING nen eiia 277 ole mes PH 277 Statemellls
46. Manual 263 LeCroy Corporation Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules 14 Click the prompt to add an action for State 1 New Scenario O JI Pp X Mo action specified Far the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State 1 Click here to jump to the pro Status Mot saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 ei Wait for Click here to add i action Figure 4 36 Example 7 Adding an Action to the Second State The Action Properties dialog box appears 15 In this example you enter the action Beep and you set the duration of the beep for 1 second 16 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 264 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules LeCroy Corporation 17 You are finished creating the first sequence Click the add another sequence prompt to create an area in the scenario for the second sequence Sequence 1 New Scenario O d bt X Scenario is valid Status Mot saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Seque
47. NORMAL STP Frame amp P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Address Frame m Trigger Non Sequential SMP Frame E oe Settings SSP Frame Trigger Position in Memory 50 Data Pattern Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps I1 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 89 Connection Details Simulation Mode Protocol Errors v Exclude patterns Define different patterns for pre trigger and posttrigger data captures E Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse Al Expand All Figure 2 16 SAS Exclude Patterns Checked SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 46 To remove an item from capture highlight it in the Project tree and click the lt lt Remove button Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 47 LeCroy Corporation Patterns and Data Capture Setup 48 Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture You can define one set of patterns for capture prior to the occurrence of a trigger and another set of patterns for capture after the occurrence of a trigger The selection and setup procedure is the same for both Pre Trigger capture and Post Trigg
48. Note Memory Assignment depends on traffic load distribution at the time when the system tries to re assign physical links to memory banks Therefore if you repeat a capture with the same Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters the resulting sample size may not be the same However if traffic load distribution is similar sample size will be similar Note The buffer status indicator shows buffer by FPGA not by port If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked Each physical link or logical link if MUX is enabled is assigned to a specific memory space memory bank depending on the Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters Important If any physical link fills its memory bank the recording process stops Other memory banks will typically be less than full and can be empty The sample file might be smaller than the user defined Sampling Memory Size You might even think that the Analyzer malfunctioned Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Floating License LeCroy Corporation Floating License Note License Manager is only available when in Cascading mode To manage the license select Configuration gt License Manager The Floating License dialog displays the available functionality by Function Total Ports Assigned To ports and Not Used It also displays the Current License Configuration by License Type Serial Number Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emu
49. OD sardina 53 DOP FLAME SAS ONIY xu ies eoe race cese DI ocia Deo AA 54 FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only eeeeeeee eee eere enne nennen nnn 55 FIS Pattern SATA ONV c 56 FIS Types SAS alid SATA da 57 Register DEVICE TO HOSE dS 58 SOE DOV ICC BIS eter ote EE 58 DMA reducem ici 59 DMA SEUD At 59 BIS gem 60 PIO SEUD M og care cw cov awe pteanipan AA 60 A A E E 61 VENGO A O 61 TRAJE Seta ici 62 Snapshot roro Mese rp icon 62 Manual TAGS MOD ct 62 ANY THE MOE A A a A EEEE ES 63 Choosing a Paramete ricas a A A A v uM DUE cue ESI pue Dice 64 TRONO ON aA IME hice RETE 64 MINTO cec c E MES 65 External TRIO me T 65 Bus ConDdIPIOn aoc icai tdi dao Re EE cux u ES Duae evu x E a 66 SD VIMO emer P m 66 PTIIIMIVO ol OE UO so S CU Ee Casta star e cS NOD LIA PL CO ipod 67 ATA COMMANA ne R 68 Pup ud 69 Data Patterii 2 2 ii lead os 70 FE OLO COUN ON Susana lo lidia 71 STP Frame OAS OMY via aa 72 Address Frame SAS only unica a id 73 SMP Frame SAS OMY sarita 74 SOP Frame SAS OMy Bree a 75 6 31Commana SAS only ld 76 FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only cooocccoonccoocconoccconcconcaronanononaronanonnnarennarrnnnrrnnnrenanrnnanos TT FIS Pattern SATA OBL aida aa 78 ATA Command Pattern SATA only civic 79 SOIL Reset SATA ONIY iaa 79 Sed ential Trigger MOJE sitiar eiawsciiadwebedadeicueaatedace
50. P Dyword 1 Value 000000000 pe SAS Primitive SATA Primitive Dword 1 Mask ox00000000 Running Disparity Error Dword 1 Ottset 0 5A5 Data Pattern Condition 2 SATA Data Pattern Dword 2 Type Custom D word H SCSI Dword 2 Value 000000000 z SMP Frame Dword 2 Mask OxOO000000 SSP Frame Dword 2 Offset 0 7 Timer Figure 4 16 Using a Captured DWORD in a SAS Data Pattern Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Dword O Type OK Cancel 245 LeCroy Corporation Summary of Scenario Creation Captured data DWORDs may also be used in the Substitute Data DWORD test state action From the Action Properties screen choose Substitute Data DWORD and then select the Substitute for property A drop down menu is provided see below that allows the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORD registers 21011 Type Properties Type Acton 2 Capture Data Dward Description l Inject Random Mo H Link Every Mth occurence 1 Monitor Count Monitor Count Mat monitored Remove Custom Diword Stop Scenario Pattern Field Name Custom Dword E Substitute Pattern Field Value Captured Dword 0 gt Data Dword Pattern Field Mask ae ee ho with 545 primitive Recalculate CAC Captured Dward 3 with SATA primitive Trigger Output Substitute For x ere E Figure 4 17 Using a Captured Data DWORD in Substitute DWORD Test Action Summary of Scenario Creation The suggested process of creating and executing a
51. SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 107 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Related Frames Right click a Command frame for an SSP frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Response to jump to the corresponding Response frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format d Byte Order k Copy Data Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto k Figure 3 16 Goto Response Similarly right click a Response frame for an SSP Frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Command to jump to the corresponding Command frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field G Hide Field Format k Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin P Color Figure 3 17 Goto Command In Column View you can right click a DWORD inside a frame to display the Goto Within Packet command You can jump to an SOF EOF HOLD or R IP E 3 E 7 4 E 3 3 Bookmark Goto within Packet Goto SOF Goto EF Software Setting ShiFt S Goto j Goto Mex HOLD Fe XXXX R IF Goto Previous HOLD Shift F6 XXXX RIF Goto Next HLCA F7 KKHH RIF Goto Previous HOLDA Shift F Figure 3 18 Goto Within Packet Command 108 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Byte Order You can change the byte order in fields mar
52. SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check 204 search 148 by tag 152 domain 151 for data pattern 149 150 logic 150 SAS address 151 save setup 149 status 132 STP port 151 sub items 151 search direction 149 search from 150 search items 150 select item for capture 49 Select Device 22 Select Port Configuration dialog 88 selecting components for installation 17 self test 202 Self Test dialog 202 separate systems 17 sequence 232 examples 260 Sequential Trigger mode 80 sequential triggering 80 Serial ATA SATA data transfers 13 Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers 13 session 242 Set Alias Name 23 296 Set as Second Data Payload 122 set device bits FIS 58 Set Port Configuration dialog 88 Set the Anchor row as sync point 165 Set Time Stamp Origin 147 Setting button 196 Setting dialog 196 Settings command 218 Settings dialog 218 Settings tab 83 Setup command 17 Setup IP command 173 show all data in data field 110 Show Analyzer command 223 Show Data button 131 Show Description window 220 Show Device Library button 273 Show Device Library command 223 Show Field List as embedded In frame spreadsheet views 167 Show Field List in Column View 167 Show Grid 220 Show Library command 223 Show Output 220 Show Output command 223 Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length 165 Show Trainer command 223 Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View 166 Show XXXX value 86 Show Hide CMD packet in res
53. Script amp e E3 2 ATA Command asl 3 FIS asl Files of type Deconding Script Files for 414 Commands y Cancel Ai 7 Figure 3 92 Choosing a Script File Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 175 LeCroy Corporation Help Menu Help Menu Help Topics Displays online help You can also select Fl Update License A current license agreement with LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the LeCroy website When you obtain a license key from the Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box Enter the path and filename for the license key or browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Click Open Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite 5cfEware Update X E There are no new updates available Far 545 Protocol Suite Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at htkp www lecrow cor Em Library Software PSG Sierra SaS as Close Figure 3 93 Check for Updates About Displays version information 176 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Help Menu LeCroy Corporation Display License Inf
54. Show F Set Device Bits 0 81 DMA Activate Ox33 0411 Value 0x58 tto Device x5bF 0x46 A Figure 2 27 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Dropdown SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog 56 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors LeCroy Corporation FIS Types SAS and SATA If you select STP Frame SAS or FIS Pattern SATA for the Pattern the FIS Pattern window opens You can select the FIS Type in this window from among the following types Register Host to Device FIS Pattern E x Format 3 FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RI RIRI RI R R Ri R hs Cyl Low exp MH Hu V D1 M D2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 28 Register Host to Device Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 57 LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors Register Device to Host mot Racist Davios to Host Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp Cyl Low exp XX GXEXXXOXEXOX Figure 2 29 Register Device to Host Set Device Bits FIS Pattern FIS Type Set Device Bits 0xA1 Y Figure 2 30 Set Device Bits 58 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
55. T 4 El The Search button opens the search dialog see Search on page 148 The Filtering Setup button opens the Filter dialog see Filtering on page 132 and allows you to specify the criteria for filtering the result The Enable Disable Filtering button toggles the result between a filtered and unfiltered view see Filtering on page 132 The Filter Idle button toggles the display to show hide idle packets see Filtering on page 132 The Hide RRDY Primitives button toggles the display to show hide RRDY primitives see Filtering on page 132 The Hide Unassociated Traffic button toggles the display to show hide unassociated traffic see Filtering on page 132 The Hide All Primitives button toggles the display to show hide all primitives see Filtering on page 132 Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker The Expand Collapse all Layers button expands or collapses Transport and Application layers to simplify results display The down arrow on the Go To button allows location of cursors or specific packets Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Timestamp Bookmark Begin and End The Data Report button displays the data report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 125 LeCroy Corporation Toolbars The SCSI Spec Assignment button displays the SCSI Spec Assignment dialog for SAS SCSI Spec Assig
56. T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count Sa SR et gt 7 General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Bus Condition Direction Keep Alive Activity H gt D 1 1 19 Activity On H gt D 12 14 29 Activity On D gt H 12 14 29 COMINIT COMRESET H gt D 1 1 19 COMINIT COMRESET D gt H 28 33 33 COMWAKE H gt D 12 14 29 COMWAKE D gt H 12 14 29 COMSAS H gt D 6 7 14 94 100 00 Figure 3 100 Bus Condition Report ATA Command Report To display the ATA Command Report click the ATA Command tab The ATA Command Report displays information in the following columns Q Command All Custom Check Power Mode Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache Identify Device Read DMA Ext Read FPDMA Queue Set Feature Write DMA Ext Write FPDMA Queue PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Number of FIS All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Incomplete Normal Output Timeout such as All Custom N A Yes and No see Time out of ATA Command Report on page 182 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a 96 of total count DOOUOCDODL O O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 181 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content i ad dl gt tt gt Move X Cursor General
57. Y SSP Frame Type Any Type Y Destination SAS Address gt 99900900900000000 Y Reserved XX Y Source SAS Address gt 9909990000000000 Y Reserved Xx Y Changing Data Pointer Y ReTransmit Y Retry Data Frames Y Reserved 7X Y Number of Fill Bytes Y Reserved 7X Y Reserved XX Y Reserved XXX Tag 0X Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 13 SAS Sample Protocol Analysis Project SAS vs SATA For Pattern Parameters SATA Dialog adds FIS FIS Pattern and ATA Command Pattern and does not have STP Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame and Address Frame 4 Click the Record button to execute the pre defined example Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation 5 After the project runs you see an analyzer trace capture display similar to the one shown in Figure 2 14 Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H 0x0 identity Oxt End Device 0 SSP Target Port M Restricted M SAS Address M 0000000000000000 5000E85000000001 0000000000000000 5006056000000305 Target Port Transter Tag H 3954 Target Port Transfer Tag H Target Port Transter Tag H EAT xet Yetis Figure 2 14 SAS Analyzer Trace Capture Display For details about the results display See Disple Anipulation on page 99 and See Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 45 LeCroy Corporation Patterns a
58. absence of damage In the event of damage notify the shipper and LeCroy Corporation Retain all shipping materials for shipper s inspection Analyzer Features Front Panel The Analyzer has the following features on the front a OOOO Power Indicator LED green Status LED blue Host SATA Connector Device SATA Connector LED Indicators for Host and Device m Trig trigger blue m Error error red m Link link orange m Spd speed level yellow Speed Host Device 1 5G Off Off 3 0G On Off 6 0G On On m Fr OOB OOB or traffic green Before the link illuminates during the OOB sequence After the link indicates traffic on the bus Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 15 LeCroy Corporation Analyzer Features wa E LeCroy Power Status Trig Error Link Spd Fr OOB Figure 1 2 Front Panel Rear Panel From left to right the Analyzer has the following on the back a LDLDLDL USB Port for host connectivity External Trigger IN OUT and Sync Expansion Port Ethernet Port for network connectivity DC Power Power Switch 0 1 Figure 1 3 Rear Panel WARNING Do not open the enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside 16 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Installing Your Analyzer LeCroy Corporation Installing Your Analyzer Software Installation The software works on systems using the Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows Serv
59. and one error injector model The Sierra M6 1 Analyzer provides a full range of views and statistical reports Statistical reports provide event and error counters as well as performance metrics that give users a snapshot into capture The InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling The Sierra M6 1 InFusion models perform as a stand alone 1 5 3 or 6 Gb s version allowing engineers to verify error recovery characteristics of their designs An easy pop up menu interface allows the creation of customized test scenarios in just minutes You can program on the fly modifications to any field within any intercepted and changed to a different user frame as the data moves across the link Any primitive or data pattern can be intercepted and changed to a different user specified pattern Examples include support for changing DWORD values disconnecting links and forcing various error conditions such as an intermittent CRC error or running disparity errors This enables unprecedented corner case modification for SAS and SATA traffic which is especially useful during final test and integration cycles The Sierra M6 1 Analyzer software has an intuitive GUI combining easy setup with flexible data analysis displays The application layer view logically assembles frames and primitives that are part of a specific SAS or SATA command You can quickly v
60. another event gt E Wait for Aligqns IT Wait for ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignb Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN il from Initiator I OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 3 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Error Detected Wait for Any Dword from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Beep 500 ms and Branch to Wait for Alignb Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt a E Im gt File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 42 Example 9 Bottom Half of Scenario 272 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Downloading Scenarios LeCroy Corporation Downloading Scenarios After you have created a scenario you need to download it to the InFusion device for execution If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of creating and downloading a scenario is as follows 1 Open the general library Main library or a File library Scenarios in the library are listed in the Main Library window Open the Device Library window by clicking the Show Device Library button on application toolbar Open the Device Library for the dev
61. beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms i Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 28 Example 5 Entering the Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears Choose Inject RD Error as the second action Click the add another action prompt to add a third action The Action Properties dialog box appears E ouem Choose Monitor Count as the third action 256 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event LeCroy Corporation 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box EN ACK Test gt x Scenario Name ACK Test Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules 3 Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Beep 500 ms and Inject Bunning Disparity Error E and Monitor Count Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt 3 LM v Far Help press F1 CAP MOUM SCRL Figure 4 29 Example 5 Complete Scenario 9 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario This example sets the counter to increment at each occurrence of an ACK every 1 ACK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 257 LeCroy Corporation Example 6 Using Timers Example 6 Using Timers In this exa
62. choose Timestamp 8 8 Tv Trigger Position x Position Y Position Packet No Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 57 Time Stamp Enter a time stamp value in the Go To Timestamp dialog and click OK Figure 3 58 Go to Time Stamp Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Cursors and Bookmarks LeCroy Corporation Bookmarks Bookmarks are a convenient way to mark a point in the data viewer display by name so that you can rapidly return to that point To create a bookmark right click the mouse in the data viewer area on a packet in which to place the bookmark Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Goto Next Tag FS Goto Previous Tag ShiFt F5 Set Time Stamp Origin b Color obo Figure 3 59 Bookmark Click Bookmark from the fly out menu to open the Bookmark Comment Dialog Bookmark i x Bookmark Name Bookmark Description MV Sort bookmarks by start time Stat Time Pot Layer PacketNo Bookmark Description Delete Go To Time Difference 0 r Save s PE Save As Close Text Excel Bookmark Dialog Enter a description for the bookmark and click the Add button Repeat for additional bookmarks You can save the bookmark as a text file or Excel CSV file Note Column View has a different bookmark mechanism than other views and you can set a bookmark on each DWORD in th
63. cn 7 o an CLEE Figure 2 73 fi Byte LSB C MSB Data Default Data Block Dialog Box C Binary Hex C Ascii 15 81 AF CD 83 E7 AF C2 8D BA B3 9F New Delete Delete All Pattern Walking Bit ll p Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Data Block LeCroy Corporation To add another data block 1 Click the New button in the Data Block dialog box a C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Random Data Pattem Counter Data Figure 2 74 New Data Block Dialog Box 2 Choose the number of data columns up to 16 data cells row and the cell length up to 16 bytes cell This is a display function only 3 Click either the Bin Hex or Ascii option button to choose a number format 4 Click either the LSB or MSB option button to choose a bit order Naming a Data Block Each new data block automatically receives a sequential data block number To assign a unique descriptive name to a data block right click the data block name to open the Data Block Edit menu Figure 2 75 Data Block Edit Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 93 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Data Block Choose Rename Rename Data Block New Name Custom Figure 2 76 Rename Data Block Enter a descriptive name in the New Name edit box and click OK Editing a Data Block You can enter data in the defined cell structu
64. dialog has the same options except that it does not have Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length Color Setting 164 Based on Cell Type Each column has its own color Based on Port No Data of each row are shown based on the specified color for its port You can set the color of ports in the Viewer settings Based on Read Write Command Type You can specify a color for Read commands another color for Write commands and other color for other commands The software shows each row based on the command type Read Write or others Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Spread Sheet View Tab LeCroy Corporation Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column Anchor the Selection bar You can anchor the selection bar of the Spreadsheet View Set the Anchor row as sync point Other views synchronize based on the contents of the anchor row Other Repeat decoded command in frame column The spreadsheet shows the name of the command in front of all frames in the Command column Otherwise it will show the name of the command only in front of the SSP command frame Decode CDB of Commands The spreadsheet shows name of command in command column otherwise shows CDB of command in command column Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length SATA only Display sector count Column View Tab Software Settings
65. failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into STX trace viewer check box To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for Report file or use the default file name and path c program files lecroy sas protocol suiteNUserNSASVerification Device1 rtf Enter a path and file name for Saved Traces or use the default folder C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User After you select tests click Start The test runs and after a brief period displays the result To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and save it as a cst compliance file To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run Note For the NACA test both ports of the SAS device must be connected to two Host Emulation ports I1 and I2 using two SATA cables Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 215 LeCroy Corporation Running Verification Script Engine VSE 216 Running Verification Script Engine VSE You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using
66. in real time and relies on predefined rules to replace any bit primitive or parameter with one you specify Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 221 LeCroy Corporation Key Features InFusion can change traffic when it detects a specific sequence or reaches a designated time interval yet it requires no complicated scripts programming or simulation tools InFusion can monitor traffic in both directions and act on events occurring in either direction of the communications link InFusion can modify traffic in only one direction within a given test scenario but that direction can be either from the Initiator or from the Target InFusion is specifically designed to verify recovery characteristics within a subsystem An easy pop up menu interface allows you to create specific test scenarios in just minutes Once a InFusion session starts the system automatically handles protocol handshaking between devices InFusion transmits a faithful copy of the original data stream down to the CRC value which if needed it recalculates InFusion allows test engineers to systematically verify error recovery in ways not possible with other test platforms An Infusion event can trigger an analyzer Infusion supports all commands in the SATA 3 0 specification Key Features 222 The key features of InFusion are Q Error Injection Injects CRC disparity 8b 10b encoding framing and coding errors QO Break Link Recovery Prog
67. occocccocccocococnncocccococoncnonaconnncnnncnnarnnarenarenannnnnrrnnrnnrrnnncnnanos 143 CUPS O Suri RA IL D DII EET 143 SS ANG O eas tomncteeavacaeeaucits eda vector ssaeeeensesadey saute esse nuseaeaseacee 148 Save SSAC Ii CU n HRS 149 e 0 no PO O 149 DEALS DNECH eme O 149 Sea ren OM 150 Search LOGIC auction cre 150 Search FOL OCC PI M LM EIE ame eae M PITE 150 Data Pattern Bt d 150 Advanced OPDUONS uci nie es erar ANA CR Ue VE cur avari AAA Feb MER UE VE cue rU US pes ERE ARA 150 Search DOMAN s tacos scissile ra oso cine cigs ns eU enu awe A M M E 151 SCAN SUD MANS D D TU em 151 searcn Dy Tag INU ON ona in dd Vg rud TuS 152 BIET Eereeiiej mE 153 Sample Viewer Conflqg rallol iie o roseis Duc eect uou Ou et nde bebe Eua eee actin 153 Field Seti since a a end ita D Sela vos i iv d OPL ivo sca Dus E av PDA LEO CD vere ER r LodRvob ina Code Dus 155 Field Header SUING omisiones TTE 156 6 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation VIGWEOI SEINO sei alocada 156 BA A RN 156 Tine Stamp ORIGIN 200 A A 156 A O 156 Packet VIEW Condense MO a 156 Time Stamp FORMA os 157 BOING asno do E 157 DAVE or Le SENGS cs o ee cox esc ERE punc NUM DM MEI P LED MD D PM IM M CD ME E IDEE UE 157 DEEP OME PNAS TETTE IO Im 157 SECAS DO acc t 158 SAS Address Alias SAS only 1 1 leeeeeeeeeieeieeee enne nnns n n hhn auus a nsus sana a una a rans 158 S6 AAS DST AUC deeem 159 TX
68. occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event DATA MEMORY PRE TRIGGER ALL as PRE TRIGGER PARTIAL DATA PRE TRIGGER DATA TRIGGERING EVENT ALL SPECIFIED ALL SPECIFIED POST TRIGGER DATA POST TRIGGER DATA Figure 2 63 Pre Trigger Example 20 Pre Trigger Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Settings LeCroy Corporation Project Settings To set project options click the Settings tab Capture Trigger Settings Notes Trace Memory Status Trigger Position In Memory C Entire Memory Partial Memory 10000 kB Up to 1024 MB C Segmented Memory Hot segment 1 Segment Sze li o000 KB Up to 1024 MB Sample File Marne CAD ocuments and SettingssBillDesktap s5A El Auto Run Number of Run 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout e5000 DWORD Disable descrambling Show Se Value ALIGN Transmission Period C 2048 for SSP 256 for STP ETE E 2049 for SSP 258 for STP __ Protocol Enor Mask Speed Iw 11 71 AutoSpeed I I2 T2 AutoSpeed Part Configuration MUS Setting Figure 2 64 SAS Setting Project Options SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H2 D2 and does not show l1
69. of the search categories offers additional choices in the Search Items window to refine the search Check items for the selected category Data Pattern Search for Data Pattern allows you to search for a specific Data Type Pattern and Length see Figure 3 63 on page 148 Q Data Pattern Only Q Data Payload Length Only Data Pattern and Data Payload Length Advanced options Some of the Search For categories offer advanced options for search To set these options highlight the search item in a category and click the Advanced button to open the Advanced options dialog x Field Length Value O PM Port O ON C Status Lo C Status Hi C Eror chive 31 C SActive 31 0 32 ow QQ fe ph co Figure 3 65 Advanced Options Dialog Example Set Device Bits Set the options and click OK 150 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Search LeCroy Corporation Search Domain Click the Domain button and choose a search domain from all ports or a specific port Protocol Error You can refine the search to locate packets with an error or without an error Note When searching for Protocol Errors in Column View you cannot search for a specific Protocol Error type Search returns any protocol error Search Sub Items When searching SCSI Command Status you can refine the search by selecting from a list of Sub Items Note Some of the search categories allow you to refine the s
70. one physical link For example two 3 G ports together make one 6 G port Note the following a The muxing check boxes are usable only if two or more emulator channels are selected a The initiator emulator check box is greyed out if only one emulator channel is selected initiator Emulator Capture Trigger Initiator Setting Settings Notes Initiator Emulator Port 11 0 T1 0 3 0Gbps v Port Speed 6 0Gbps v v Enable Mixing on ii Ti y Run Initiator Emulator Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 Capture Y Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include oo Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle Ay Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot Ta a Figure 2 70 Initiator Emulator Check Box and Channel Speeds Q The target emulator check box is not displayed at all until two or more emulator channels are selected Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes SAS Address 5000E85000000100 H Data Frame Payload Size 1024 Byte s Logical Block Size 512 Byte s Linked Command Expired Time 100 ms ALIGNTransmission Period 2048 Dwordis Target Emulator Port 11 0 T1 0 30Gbps y Port Y Y Enabling Muxing on 11 T1 Ports Configuration Advanced Media Setting Average Access Time ms Number Of Areas fi Start Address End Address Area Type 10 AH Circular Wrtable Activat
71. related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu then select Set As Reference Data Payload Bookmark Show Field F Hide Field Format k Byte Order Expand All Open as data wiew e Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu and choose Set as Second Data Payload To compare data payloads click the BB Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button on the View Type toolbar 13 LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite LSI Expander PowerOn SAS scs El File Edit view Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help SHS SWE ene Ban Seah FS aq P PUER N BO Tz dE EQ 0 9 Ska A A e 310 12 20 00 tok tp vo 69 LL TU FUA H DPO H ogical Block Address H Transfer Length H Control H gt Payload Data 4096 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H Metrics Hex O ASCII Layer Transport Layer Transport 006c 00000000 01000000 18000000 oo c 00000000 Obooocoo 28000000 A to Y O ns Ato T 0 ns Y to T 0 ns For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 42 Compare Two Data Payloads 122 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Status LeCroy Corporation Tile All Views Horizontally You can revert any unintended windo
72. state sequence 260 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules LeCroy Corporation Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules In this example Global Rules substitute an Align 0 primitive for each of the following received from the initiator Align 1 Align 2 and Align 3 As a separate test operation two sequences determine the order in which each Identify Address frame is received from initiator and target The following tables summarize the logic implemented by each of the sequences TABLE 4 7 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from initiator go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from target beep 1 second TABLE 4 8 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 1 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from target go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from initiator beep 2 seconds There is no interaction between the two sequences Each of them operates independently and is independent of the Global Rules However the two sequences complement each other with their logic In this sense they both combine to implement a test objective 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In
73. the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application automatically synchronizes their recording timestamps starts and stops For how to daisy chain two or more Sierra M6 2 analyzers see the Sierra M6 2 User Manual For how to daisy chain two or more Sierra M6 4 analyzers see the Sierra M6 4 User Manual Note You can use the Sync port to synchronize a Sierra M6 1 analyzer to analyzers with different protocols You use a Micro D Sync cable ACO31XXA X to connect to a LeCroy Advisor T3 analyzer You use a Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable ACO30XXA X to connect to other LeCroy analyzers For more information see the CrossSync User Manual and or see CrossSync Control Panel on page 29 20 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting via Ethernet LeCroy Corporation Connecting via Ethernet The Ethernet connection can have any of these configurations 1 Analyzer connected to a network using a hub switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 2 Analyzer connected to the host computer machine running the application software using a hub switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device Connecting to a Network When connected to a network the analyzer can communicate with the DHCP server to establish a connection The DHCP server continually sends the next available IP address to the analyzer until the software starts Connecting using a Hub Switch or Similar Device When connected to the host machi
74. the display click the down arrow on the Frame button on the Histogram toolbar and check frame types STP Frame STP Read Data STP Write Data SSP Frame SSP Read Data SSP Write Data SMP Frame Address Frame amp amp le Figure 3 29 SAS Histogram Frames w FIS w Read Data FIS wf Write Data FIS Figure 3 30 SAS Histogram Frames Hide Error Frames Frames with errors are displayed in red To hide error frames from the histogram click the Note To display the error code of a protocol error click the error icon with the red x Pending lO Graph The Tool menu has a Pending IO Graph command with horizontal zoom vertical zoom click and drag zoom graph area zoom synchronize with trace view fit to graph area and graph view User Defined You can define additional items for inclusion in the Histogram by clicking the User Defined TE User Defined button to open the User Defined dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 115 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views 116 User Defined A Primitive alr NORMAL z f Hot Specific To Type OF Connections O Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections C Used Inside 7 P Connections Frame Qutside Connections Cancel Figure 3 31 SAS Histogram User Defined Dialog You can include Primitive and or Outside Connections frames Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switch
75. to the host machine for the first time To set up the analyzer 1 Plug the power adapter into the unit and then plug the power adapter into a 100V 240V 50Hz 60Hz power outlet Turn on the Power switch 2 Connect the USB cable between the Sierra M6 1 USB port and a USB port on the Host PC The host PC operating system detects the analyzer and driver files See Connecting via Ethernet on page 21 for Ethernet connectivity Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 17 LeCroy Corporation Cascading Sierra Analyzers 3 Connect the analyzer to Host and Device as follows STX M6 1 Host Analyzer Device STX M6 1 Host InFusion Device Figure 1 4 Hardware Setup Cascading Sierra Analyzers A Sierra M6 1 analyzer includes a built in Sync port on the back panel between the USB and Ethernet ports See Figure 1 3 To connect two Sierra M6 1 analyzers plug the ends of a Micro D Sync cable ACO31XXA X into the Sync ports Figure 1 5 Cascading Two M6 1 Analyzers with a Micro D Sync Cable You can connect the analyzers to the Host PC using the USB port or Ethernet port 18 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Cascading Sierra Analyzers LeCroy Corporation Note Before connecting stop all recording However you do not have to turn power off For Sierra M6 1 analyzers connected by Sync cables the SAS SATA Protocol Suite applica
76. value double click Timer in the Pattern window to open the Timer dialog xi Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit Cancel milliseconds C microseconds Figure 2 39 Timer Dialog Check a Time Unit enter the Timer Value and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Timeout Selecting Timeout for the pattern opens the Timeout Pattern dialog Timeout Pattern k q Paten sd External Trigger eee Bus Condition Gumbel Remove lt lt Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Add gt gt Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value fi milliseconds microseconds Trigger mode Trigger if the End Events occurs before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occurs Note Start Event s reset s the timer uncaditionally Cancel x Figure 2 40 Timeout Dialog Select a pattern for Start Events or End Events enter a Timeout value then select Trigger Mode Q If End Events occur before timer expires QO If timer expires before End Events Note You cannot select a Timeout pattern if you select any other pattern as the trigger condition External Trigger You can trigger on an external trigger To set up the trigger click the External Trigger category External Triger e E Cancel
77. 0 Request Sense a Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom a Number of FIS or Number of Transport All Custom or a number a Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Q Status All Custom Check Condition Good Q Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count z Gs ad amp eo t JL of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command N Move Cursor General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count Yo Aa v al v all v al v Al I al v mm Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 33359 us 2 40 00 Request Sense H gt D 3 Good 86 213 333 13 us 40 00 20 0 00017139 Figure 3 102 SATA ATAPI Report Protocol Error Report To display the Protocol Error Report click the Protocol Error tab The Protocol Error Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Q Protocol Error All Custom Code Violation CRC Error Disparity Error Align Notify Error a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom 182 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count Protocol Error Direction Count All v Code Violation CRC Error I gt T 1 50 00 2 100 00 Figure 3 103 SAS Protocol Err
78. 0 00 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa 00 00 00 ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 OO 00 oo 00 00 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa 00 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa aa 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 O00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa aa 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa aa 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 aa aa 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 40 00 00 00 00 00 Copy Data Export data in file Figure 3 41 Data Payload View in GHex ASCI columns in Row 16 Columns w Bytes in Column 1 Byte s E D DB D DB BI EFL ED BEL BI BEL EI BL DI DI EI Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Note You can control the number of bytes per line Find Data Pattern To quickly locate a data pattern in the current frame enter the pattern in the Text Box and click the Find button Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 121 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Compare Two Data Payloads To compare two data payloads select two different payload packets one as reference Right click a payload field in Packet View or a
79. 000003C4 5000628000001074 Data 50060560000003C4 5000626000001074 STP Register Device to Host 300 5000626000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Register Host to Device 301 Figure 3 111 SAS SAS Address Report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Lanes Report SAS To display the Lanes Report click the Lanes tab The Lanes Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Port Open Accept All Custom or a number Open Reject All Custom or a number AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command All Custom or a number ATA Command All Custom or a number SMP Command All Custom or a number Out Standing Command All Custom or a number Transfer Bytes All Custom or a number Link Utilization time Link Utilization DOOKOUUOUOODD O erem Port Open Accept Open Reject AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command ATA Command SMP Command Out Standing Cmd Transfer Bytes Link Utilization Link Utilizal Al v al v vj Al gt AI v AI v Al gt Al 11 9 0 0 0 6 0 0 1 0 4 293 334 us 0 03 Ti 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 5 360 000 us 0 03 I2 776 102 0 0 700 300 25 2 661504 4 552 893 ms 29 1 Figure 3 112 SAS Lanes Report Read Write Command Report SAS To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Software Settings See Software Set
80. 1 In 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 207 920 ms 0000 00 OO 00 OO 00 OO OO OO 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 E 0010 00 00 OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO 00 oozo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0030 00 OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO 00 00 00 00 00 0040 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0050 00 OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO 00 OO 00 0060 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ne Source Address H Destination Address H Command Direction Data 2048 Bytes 5000C500001 04785 0x00 Out 00000000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt Duration 7 666 us X to Y 136 880 293 ms X to T 136 880 293 ms Y to T 0 ns For Help press F1 Tx out Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive f Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 130 SAS Data Report Details 200 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation LT at the end of a row to display data report Click the Statistics button statistics x Command Duration From LBA H To LBA H Read DMA Ext 2 73 440 us Bear BezBfa 4530ced 4530ced Figure 3 131 SAS Data Report Statistics Tools The Tools are Self Test and Find Device SATA adds Compliance Test Self Test You can use the built in RAM self test utility Select Tools on the main menu bar and choose Self Test to open the Self Test dialog Tools Window He 4 Find Device j Figure 3 132 SAS Sel
81. 1 Run S N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Log Results of executable batch commands are saved automatically into a log file with user specified name The status of executable commands is shown in log area Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 277 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files Statements Statements can be conditional statements or non conditional statements IflsStopped Shows whether a scenario is already stopped or not Format IflIsStopped Serial Number Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware Q Target Port Port number in port map Example TfisStopped ox01267 1 Then Beep 750 300 Run ox01267 Detect AddressFrame Open 5 The value of second parameter is 5 and shows check stopping mode of combination of port number 1 and port number 3 After filling parameters from the Command Parameters Dialog the program makes the IF ELSE structure in the Script workspace The ELSE statement is optional To add an ELSE body click Click here to add else body 4 New Script 0 A es Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Chick here to add another script command gt Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST lt Click here to add another script command gt lt Click here to add else body gt END IF New Script 0 X Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Label 1 Sleep 10 ms Chick
82. 1 ESAE08 Seagate 2 W Apple alias to all view Set4sDetault Figure 3 73 SAS Assign SAS Address Alias Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Address Alias SAS only LeCroy Corporation Assign a meaningful name to each SAS address in use and click OK The assigned names replace the SAS address in the sample view Search filter and Statistical report 694 698 413 ms Input H PM Port H Protocol 0x07 DMA m Search For Search Items Data Pattern Intrasever Bus Condition Network tools 1 Primitive Catalyst Incomplete Frames Network tools 2 JAddress Frames Seagate 1 1855P Frames Seagate 2 ISMP Frames STP Frames 8CSI Commands ISMP Commands Task Management Function JATA Commands 8CSI Command Status M Source SAS Address 2500000400329E9B80400004000 Intrasever Normal Output H Duration 0x01 Normal Output 044146 us Filter Options Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames JAddress Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands 85MP Commands Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination S4S Address ILI I W Pair 555 Address Figure 3 74 SAS SAS Address Alias
83. 1666 0xFOEZ Figure 4 5 Ports Configuration Dialog with InFusion Analyzer Port Match Note To display the current Port Configuration click Show Analyzer to go to the analyzer application then click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 123 228 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios You can create and execute InFusion scenarios A scenario is a test script that defines how InFusion monitors and modifies line traffic Scenarios Overview You create scenarios on a PC running the InFusion application You then assign the scenarios for execution to a desired port on an InFusion device You can also download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device The InFusion application provides a menu driven interface for building scenarios The interface prompts you for simple decisions and choices from drop down menus As you make your selections the script takes shape automatically in the scenario window The script is in the form of simple English sentences You need not understand any formal scripting language HE LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 File View Configuration Tools Help Das AS EGE F u j o 4 New Scenario 0 Device Ports SN 12880008 Status Mot saved y 1p 2 scenario Yana Hew Scenario 0 ar Direction for tra
84. 2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 2 Connection Details Simulation Mode xl Collapse All Expand All 91 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Data Block 92 Creating a Data Block You can create the following types of data blocks for use with data fields Q Random data pattern ODO To create a data block click the Custom data pattern specifically for your application Counter data pattern Walking bit pattern Default Data Block button on the Main toolbar or select Configuration gt Data Block to open the Data Block dialog box as shown in Figure 2 73 C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length Data Block o o i fe Je ja fs je 7 je o popu ja Pattem E4 E6 F9 EA CF 8C 9A E7 B7 CD DF A2 AA EF 86 Counter Data Ser We FE A2 95 8A ES EA B6 9F DC 9F B6 DF E2 E4 AF Walking Bit Data ED A2 A3 BE 99 EO B6 E3 E3 A8 BA 95 FE F9 CA BF EF D4 Al 89 FE 87 8E F9 B2 97 EA FB D9 E3 BC DC BS 9E AD 96 CD SF EB 81 91 9D CS 87 BS B3 BO FS BE C4 94 A9 EE FE DS DA EO 81 8C EO Fl DC DF 98 E4 9E B6 B2 C3 9F F7 A4 95 D8 C4 CD F8 DO ES E9 D7 94 AE 99 96 B3 AE D4 9E 83 8E 98 F9 ED 81 D5 AA 93 A6 88 80 CB 9F 9F E7 AC CB CD F4 E6 SF B4 E6 E2 D2 BO ED C9 9D AA DO 86 AO F3 D6 Ci 83 EA C7 80 BB EC 8B 92 A8 AO 9A BB B4 9B 87 81 EB EA A8 9D FO F1 BC F6 cn cc ra co DA oc DA cc opo
85. 2 ivn MT Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 23 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Type list box and choose a frame type Assign a specific function to the frame by clicking the down arrow next to the Function list box and choose a function Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 53 LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors 54 SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog xi SSP Frame Type Any Type x am Hexadecimal Cancel Destinalion SAS Address MO Source SAS Address Pa a a A aA A ATA A A A A A A A Changing Data Pointer ReTransmit Retry Data Frames Number of Fil Bytes Tag MK Target Port Transfer T ag MOX Data Offset 20000000 ivn mara ivn PT Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 24 SAS SSP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type list box and choose an SSP Frame type Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors LeCroy Corporation FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog FIS Type E Format FIS Type Any Type X C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Register Device to Host 0x34 _ Cancel Register Host to Device 0x27 jee Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 0x41 0x58 Ox5
86. 20D14 6 5 cmi BROADCAST CHANGE 0 002 875 893 s 52493 us K285D4 7 D20D14 LE 0 002 928 386 s ESSE UM C ASES Destination SAS Address H EE 400 ns UM 5000C500001047B5 5000628000001074 Initiator Connection Tag H NEN 0500 o 0 O Arbitration Wait Time H INERCIA INERCIA 0000 FF4D47D4 Ato Y Ons RUTRUM D ns Y to T Ons For Help press F1 T TxVout Disabled d Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop fra Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 127 LeCroy Corporation Toolbars Viewer Setting Toolbar The Viewer Setting toolbar allows wrapping zooming and configuration Yiewer Setting Toolbar x Be elpe The Full Screen button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar increases the data display area to the full screen D The Zoom In button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar magnifies the data display area on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View increases column width only The Zoom Out button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar scales the data display area to display more data lines on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View decreases column width only The Normal Zoom button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar resets the zoom to default normal on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View resets column width only The Wrap Packets button on the Viewer Toolbar wraps the packet data in the go dis
87. 6 100 00 Figure 3 98 General Statistical Report Primitive Report To display the Primitive Report click the Primitive tab The Primitive Report displays information in the following columns a Primitive All Custom Unknown For SATA CONT EOF HOLD HOLDA R IP R OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X RDY ALIGN FOR SAS SATA CONT SATA EOF SATA R IP SATA R OK SATA R RDY SATA SOF SATA SYNC SATA WTRM SATA X RDY ACK EOF SOF EOAF SOAF AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP NORMAL DONE NORMAL READY NORMAL CLOSE NORMAL OPEN ACCEPT ALIGNO ALIGN1 NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a 96 of total count Masaje tir Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Primitive Direction CONT H gt D 1748 2 99 CONT D gt H 4054 6 95 EOF H gt D 1748 2 99 EOF D gt H 4054 6 95 HOLD H gt D 415 0 71 HOLD D gt H 887 1 52 HOLDA H gt D 415 0 71 180 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Figure 3 99 Primitive Report Bus Condition Report To display the Bus Condition Report click the Bus Condition tab The Bus Condition Report displays information in the following columns a Bus Condition All Custom Activity On COMININT COMRESET COMSAS COM WAKE Keep Alive Activity a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt
88. 8 12 Monitor Count events per scenario Random change of use of count and count randomly In Global Rules if a Counter is used for Event counting 2 extra actions are consumed 2 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option In Sequences If a Counter is used for Event counting 3 extra actions are consumed 3 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option Regarding limits on any of the above mentioned connections i e x timers y monitors are allowed per state where x y n There are a lot of big small rules checked by the scenario compiler but as a rule of thumb 8 actions per state are available 12 counters globally are available each assigned permanently to a certain job 6 available timers per scenario 12 programmable multi purpose resources for DWORD comparison substitution capture are available If a pattern detector uses 3 of these resources to trigger on a specific frame on the bus only 9 more resources are available for other tasks Frame FIS type detectors are excluded from this rule because they use their own dedicated resources 8 primitive detectors are available If you want to trigger on a pattern Frame FIS and change capture a dword s before the last offset of a detected pattern e g changing the Frame Type of a SAS Frame with Data Offset 11223344 you are limited to a maximum of 9 dword offset i e if you trigger on the 20th payload of a Data FIS you can change capture the 12t
89. 93 40 ms 415 7 15 Data 0 D gt H 50 023 921 97 ms 890 15 34 0 05511509 5802 100 00 Figure 3 116 SATA FIS Report Queue Command Report SATA a To display the Queue Command Report click the Queue Command tab The Queue Command Report displays information in the following columns a Command All Custom Read DMA Queued Q PM Port Q Status All Custom Normal Output QO Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Q Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Q Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a 96 of total count z Ej ad amp qo T J e of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command N Move x Cursor General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count ey al wf al v al v all v Al I al v Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 333 59 us 2 40 00 Request Sense H gt D 3 Good 86 213 333 13 us 40 00 20 0 00017139 Figure 3 117 SATA Queue Command Report 190 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation PM Statistic Report SATA To display the PM Statistic Report click the PM Statistic tab The PM Statistic Report displays information in the following columns Request Type PMREQ_P Request Port Response Type All Custom PMACK Response Time Request Entering Delay Response Entering D
90. A Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions LeCroy Corporation 6 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to be triggered by the RRDY Reserved 0 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 box Mo action specified For the event RRD RESERVED 0 From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump tot Status Not saved Scenario Name PDDY Normal EDDY Heserved 0 Test 1 Description Replace BODY Normal w ERBO R If BDDY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Ill Global Fules Wait for RPDY NORMAL from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add another action P Wait for BRDY RESERVED 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event Click here to add an action 4 For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL ET Figure 4 26 Example 4 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Use it to choose Inject RD Error as the action triggered by RRDY Reserved 0 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 box gt Scenario Name PDDY Normal amp BODY Reserved 0 Test 1 Description Replace EDLY Normal wy ERROR If BDDY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Bules Wait for BRADY NORMAL from Initiato
91. AN aa 206 Main FPGA Check SATA ORLY na A A A TAN 207 EXPANSION CG MOCK ini Ut 208 LED Buzze Geek aaron oca 209 FINO DOVICO cairo oidor 210 ANAS MO et M O 211 EXDOFLUNIQ iuris 211 Compliance Test SATA aia corp ERE EAD Exo Un fries adu atd a i bre du s a EE DEUS 212 Ride E 215 Running Verification Script Engine VSE 11 eeeeeeeeeee eene ee nennen nhanh n nnn nns 217 Chapter 4 INFUSION Overview isc 221 Key FEAtUTES cuiii la 222 OE OU PAG EORR TRE E OEE II E 223 BUON S ne caco 223 MENUS srta 224 MAN LID dis 225 DEVICE LIDERES Y iia Aia 226 DEVICE PONS oido 227 Using the Device Ports DialOG A aaa 227 Port Contiguration for MFUSION enea a 228 INFUSI N SCCM AMOS scu 229 Scenarios OVeFVIGW a 229 INFUSION Scenario Parameters ai 230 Global Rules its 231 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 9 LeCroy Corporation Contents Sequence aia 232 SC OS a 232 MAIN LID a a 233 PNS LID A O O aia cuero la ope UMS 233 DEVICE LIDTINES cl 234 SCENA Properties e 235 SATA Smart Hold OD ION ds 236 Scenario EVEN adi 238 DWORD Matches 240 SAS Data Pattern 240 SATA DA ia 240 Scenarlo ACUONS asnos 241 Using Counters In Events and Actions eere tii iee rta ipeo ia iia Ain dad AAA ini 243 Capturing a Data DWORD A A A A KCEHU dE MEE 244 Using Gaptured Data DWORDS canina PRAE ORE ER RERRN DUREE
92. AS Protocol Suite Application LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite File View Configuration Project Setup Tools Help El e ls E Last Protocol Analyzer i IL Last Performance Analyzer Ei Last Device Emulator Launch CrossSync Control Panel Figure 2 11 Launching CrossSync from the SATA Protocol Suite Application Please refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual for more information Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 41 LeCroy Corporation Projects Projects You can define a new project starting with the default project definition or modify the settings for the last project run New Default Project To start a New project select File gt New on the main menu bar and choose Protocol Analyzer to open a new project with default settings that you can modify See Main Window on page 31 Last Project o Clicking the Green button opens the last project run so you can modify it Project File Types 42 Projects have the following file types asl Decoding script file in the Examples folder User Define Decoding Script subfolder cfg Display Configuration file in the System folder Config subfolder dat DataBlock file in the System folder DataBlock subfolder sac SAS Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders saf Device Identifier file SCS SAS Sample file in the SAS Examp
93. Based on system time Color Goto Figure 3 62 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display 146 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Cursors and Bookmarks LeCroy Corporation Highlight Set Time Stamp Origin and choose either Absolute Trigger Current Position or Based on system time Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 147 LeCroy Corporation Search Search The Search menu and toolbar options permit you to examine any data capture file to quickly locate the packet or data pattern To perform an initial search select Edit gt Search or click the open the Search setup dialog Figure 3 63 Search button to Note Only items captured in the sample file are enabled for search k Search Items Search Sub Items Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitive Ineomplete Frames JAddress Frames 88P Frames S8MP Frames ISTF Frames 8C5I Commands S8MP Commands Data Type Data pattem only C Data payload length only C Data patternm payload length Data Pattern Task Management Function Hex Binay ASCII QATA Commands SC51 Command Status Source SAS Address Py ad E B Destination 545 Address Pratacal Error Tag 5ESI Task Attribute pied T JATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Ds Data Payload Length f O Search By Cis C Hashed 545 Address SAS Address Search Direction
94. CATC Script Language CSL see the CSL_RefManual pdf document in the docs directory of the installation used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace 1 Select the main menu item Tools gt Verification script or click the Running verification scripts button fa on the main tool bar The Run Verification Scripts dialog opens from which you choose and then run one or several verification scripts Je LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Run verification script s C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User SampleSeg1 scs Bl x ik File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help 81 x pke 1 ET1IEI ET E IS 1314 114 5 e jet eges Bm S a 10 ss PLEAR e B BN EIE IBI vice sl Md dd ae Result Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of processing of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level Verification script V ATAPI SCSI commands count SS sample ata commands This script counts some specific SCS commands that is issued by ATAPI commands b sample ssp protocol These SCSI commands are counted Vs SMP Discover amp ndReporTracking Inquiry Read 10 wri
95. CIUOG Idle e os pce eens es ovens cians tees ene ws ace Sie AAA a 34 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 34 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar usina 34 SATA Software Menus and Toolbar ooncocccocnconcccnnoccconccnnronncnnccnnrnnncnancnnrennrnnnrnnrrnnrnanrnanenanennes 35 R n HardWare o iuis epic e EO Eee sta dL ities 35 Saving a Trace Capture 45 sacs crest ces lado USE EEEa 37 EXDOIT to Generators 39 Export Read Write Command Report inicia iia 39 Export Paired SAS Address ROO ir 40 Gross5ync Control PANG ususarios 41 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel occoocccccconoccncncoccconanocanonanonanonnnnnnarennrrnnnrnnnrnnarennnenarenanenannos 41 PEO Si ia 42 PROICCE PIG IVDOS cnica aba 42 Example PrOJOC Sui adi 43 Run an Example Analysis Project sinsero a aa 43 Patterns and Data Capture Setup ooccoccconcccncccnconcconconanonnconncnnronnroncrnnrnnnrnnnrnnrnnnrnanrnarrnnrnanrnanenn 46 Clioose a Paramete idiot a 47 EXGIUGE Patteras Me Eur RPM TP REN SE 47 Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture sanidad 48 DENING Patterns aori e E a 49 Data Pate Mamani AAA A co 49 PrOtOCOLETTO Sucia 50 2 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation Protocol cde cornisa I TUI 51 SITP Frame SAS Only 5 upto enp bap coda qe eied atu ui eeepc became enda e oe eua do ames ess T SLE RU eec aU EE 52 Address Frame SAS Only arta 53 SMP Frame SAS
96. Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 258 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 6 Using Timers LeCroy Corporation 6 Click the prompt to add an action to correspond with the second event oo TF ACK Inject Error If ACK Inject Error gt x Mo action specified For the event Random Timer Max Time 1 790 s in Global Rules Click here to jump to th Status Wok saved Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACE inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action e Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 790 s lt Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add an action Click here to add anoth event gt M For Help press F1 E CAP NUM SCRL E Figure 4 31 Example 6 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 In the Type list on the left choose Stop Scenario as the action that you want after the timer has expired 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 3 If ACK Inject Error gt x Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Inject Running Disparity Err
97. Contact LeCroy on page 289 for contact information 288 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual How to Contact LeCroy Type of Service Call for technical support Fax your questions Write a letter Send e mail Visit LeCroy s web site Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contact US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 3115 USA psgsupport lecroy com http www lecroy com 289 LeCroy Corporation 290 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Symbols cfg file 157 Anfdb file 232 sac files 31 Numerics 10 bit payload data display 131 8 bit payload data display 131 A About 176 Action 231 action counter 243 scenario 241 Action Properties dialog 242 Add Device 24 Add to Trigger 101 address 289 address frame 53 Address Frame Type Pattern dialog 53 73 Advanced Mode 7 alias name 211 ALIGN Transmission Period 86 Analysis Project dialog 36 analyzer overview 13 Anchor the Selection bar 165 Any Trigger mode 63 Apply Show Hide Link Setting 37 As previously saved 163 Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project 162 ATA Command Pattern dialog 68 79 ATA Command Report 181 ATAPI Pattern dialog 69 ATAPI Report 182 ATAPI spec assignment 162 Auto Run 17 84 Sierra
98. Device Status 172 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual USB IP Setup LeCroy Corporation USB IP Setup If you are connected to a device using USB you can use IP_ SETUP to change the IP settings a DHCP automatically assigns an IP address DHCP is the default Q Static IP prompts you to enter a specific IP address To change from DHCP to Static IP while connected to a device using USB 1 Select Configuration gt Setup IP from the menu bar a File View Edit Configuration Project Setup Tools Window Help ES onng 3 ap mi im h db Data Black ad TxVout amp Preemphasis Software Settings f Manual Trig Lipdate Sierra Device f Pattern Setup IP Parameters Figure 3 87 Configuration Menu with Setup IP Command Note If you are not connected to the device using USB the Configuration menu does not have the Setup IP command The IP Setup dialog appears For IP Mode two radio buttons are available Static IP and DHCP DHCP is the default IP Setup IP Mode Static IP Static IP Address Subnet Mask mas Figure 3 88 IP Setup Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 173 LeCroy Corporation USB IP Setup 2 To change to Static IP click the Static IP radio button Enter the Static IP Address Enter the Subnet Mask Click Update The system displays a warning message Check your entries carefully If you do not enter correct data the program will termi
99. Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for two events each of which triggers a different action 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As you did in example 2 choose RRDY Normal as the first event to monitor and substitute with the SAS primitive ERROR as action 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add the next event keep in mind this is not a combined event 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 box Scenario is valid Scenario Name PEDY Normal amp BODY Reserved 0 Test l a Description Replace POLY Normal w ERROR If BODY Reserved 0j Inject ED Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for EELY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR t E Click here to add a sequence 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 25 Example 4 Entering Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears In this example there is a parallel set of events but each event is associated with its own action In a combined event there is a parallel set of events sharing the same action 4 Using the drop down menu choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second event to monitor 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 254 Sierra M6 1 SAS SAT
100. F 0x46 x Iv H2 Iv D2 Iv H1 Iv D1 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 25 SATA FIS Types Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type to capture and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Any Type LDLLDLDLDLDLDLDUDLc Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 55 LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors FIS Pattern SATA only Double click FIS Pattern to open the FIS Pattern selection dialog FIS Pattern 0X Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal ShowReserved and Obsolete Parameter E aes FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp R RIRI RI R R R Cyl Low exp MV HI M H2 IV D1 Iv D2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 26 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS The FIS Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box FIS Pattern Format FIS Type Register Host to Device x27 C Binan Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexa Register Device to Host 0x34
101. Hide E Show Filter Idle Do PNE s Lagic 4 Mi iwi I3 9 4 ou LS i Ti Iv T2 Iw T3 v 74 Reset All Check All L Save Load v Mode en 5 e 5 Read Capacity 10 Al Write 10 i fault Level Filtering ed Items AE Use Par SAS Addresses le Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 49 Second Level of Multilevel Filtering Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Filter Filter descend packets by ascend packet E Filter Optians Bus Condition Good I Primitive I Check Condition TIncamplete Frames Incomplete D ddress Frames IOSSP Frames IL 5MP Frames I_ISTP Frames IL 8C5I Commands I 5MMP Commands I Task Management Functions IATA Commands 129505 Command Status NE Source SAS Address DDestination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error S5TP Port ETag I TATAPI SCSI Command OMicelaneons Filter Type f Hide C Show Ports Filter Logre Mi i2 lw ia fe n1 12 13 6 14 Resetall CheckAl Save Load Figure 3 50 Third Level of Multilevel Filtering Iw Filter descend packets if ascend packet is fil
102. INIT COMINIT COMWAKE D1 sli af Figure 3 37 SATA Waveform View Making a timing Measurement xi Ej Timing measurements are made with two timing cursors T1 and T2 Click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the top of the waveform display at a point for the T1 cursor and the right mouse button at a point for the T2 cursor The time difference between the cursors is on a line connecting the two cursors iv Compact A 24 800 usi M afas F COMRESET COMWAKE COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT TTT D1 a fs Figure 3 38 SATA Timing Cursors Enabled Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 119 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Expanded Waveform View To see a 10x time scale expansion of the waveform uncheck the Compact View checkbox in the Waveform View window The OOB Sequence has speed negotiation Hardware version 4 or later Xl Compact El z 8 680 fus __ y H1 i hnhinnnnmnlhf i imm COMINIT Com p leted kl Figure 3 39 SATA Expanded Waveform View Spec View Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View from the CATC View left click to display a popup menu then select the View Field option To obtain the Spec View from the Catalyst View right click to display a popup menu then select the View Field option View Fields for Link 1 x As Hexadecimal Binary Address Frame Type Device Type Reserved 000 Ost 1 0 Reason Reserved m 1x0
103. Item5 where Item1 is the name of the Data Block Item2 is the size of the Data Block or the number of bytes in the format Item3 is the format of the data HEX BIN ASCII Item4 is the group of bytes defined 1 2 4 8 or 16 Item5 is the direction LSB or MSB Then enter the data in space delimited Hex format and save as a txt text file Load Data To import Text Editor created data click the Load button in the data block definition dialog to open the Load dialog Choose a file and click Load Modify existing data Save As To create a new data block from an existing data block using a text editor select the data block to edit from the Data Block Name list then click Save As to open the Save As dialog Assign a name to the new data block text file and click Save You can now edit the newly created text file using Notepad or any other text editor then import it into the data block definition as described above Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 97 LeCroy Corporation Counter 98 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Manipulation Viewer Display After data is captured Recorded the Viewer displays a sample file scs for SAS and sts for SATA in Packet View Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination S amp S Address H 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps S5000E0C 471865000 Source SAS Addr
104. Iv 14 T4 AutoSpeed Port Configuration MU Setting Figure 1 8 Connecting to All SAS Device s Ej LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite SATAProtocolAnalyzer1 E File view Edit Configuration Project Setup Tools Window Help a c ul Gb Capture Trigger 5 Everything Pattern Parameters Exclude ALIGN v Exclude Idle Data Block TxYout amp Preemphasis license Manager Software Settings User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting ward s Update STs Board Interface Update Sierra Device setup IP All Connected Devices Figure 1 9 Connecting to All SATA Device s The Select Device dialog allows connecting and disconnecting analyzers on the fly without restarting the application However this requires updating the firmware component in the analyzer over USB as the previous firmware will not report any analyzer connected over Ethernet to Software versions 4 10 and later Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting via Ethernet LeCroy Corporation The new Device List introduced in version 4 10 mandates using updated firmware in order to detect the analyzer over Ethernet Thus the analyzer must be updated over USB before it can be used remotely over Ethernet This is applicable for any update from version 4 00 or earlier to any version from 4 10 or later The following Select Device dialog displays The colors in the Location column mea
105. O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate Any Type DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data LDLLIDDLUDULDLUL Note You cannot trigger on a Vendor FIS Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 77 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup FIS Pattern SATA only Double click FIS Pattern to open the FIS Pattern selection dialog Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RI RIRI RI X X X Cyl Low exp MV HI Iv H2 VDI I D2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 55 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS The FIS Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box FIS Pattern Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binan Hexa Register Host to Device 0x27 Register Device to Host 0x34 Show F Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 0x41 Value BIST 0x58 tto Device PIO Setup Ox5F Data 0x46 Vendor X Figure 2 56 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Choices SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose an FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog 78 Sierra M6 1 SAS
106. Protocol Errors LeCroy Corporation DMA Activate IFIS Pattern Figure 2 31 DMA Activate DMA Setup FIS Pattern DMA Buffer id Low DMA Buffer id High DMA Buffer Offset DMA Buffer Transfer Count Figure 2 32 DMA Setup Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 59 LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors BIST FIS Pattern X XX J 3 3 a 3 T Y X Figure 2 33 BIST PIO Setup FIS Pattern 0x5F PIO Setup Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp X Xx X X xU XX XX Gu E Figure 2 34 PIO Setup 60 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors LeCroy Corporation Data FIS Pattern Figure 2 35 Data Vendor Vendor is for FIS Pattern FIS Pattern Figure 2 36 Vendor Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 61 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Trigger Setup The Trigger tab in the analysis project dialog allows you to specify when the analyzer completes a data capture Three trigger modes are available The default Don t care Snapshot Manual Trig and Pattern When data capture starts with Don t care Snapshot selected the analyzer triggers on the first data pattern on the bus Starting a data capture with Pattern selected triggers when specific pattern s are detected in the captured data stream The following three ways can trigger th
107. Q From Target Modification is made to traffic coming from the target for exam ple CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from target to initiator The figure shows the first prompt in the scenario creation process Figure 4 10 on page 235 4 New Scenario 1552404 bx Scenario is valid Status Nok saved Scenario Mame New Scenario 1552404 Direction for traffic EEE From Initiator I Global Fules Click here to add an event Click here to add a sequence For Help press F1 Figure 4 10 Entering Basic Scenario Information To copy an event or action right click on the event or action and select Copy Right click Click here to add another event or Click here to add an action and then select Paste To copy a sequence or state right click on the sequence or state and select Copy Right click Click here to add another sequence or Click here to add another state and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected sequence state event or action When you click the Scenario Name or the Direction For Traffic Changes the Scenario Properties dialog box appears allowing you to enter the scenario name a short description and direction of traffic change Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 235 LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios Scenario Properties L1 X O x Properties Type Scenario Mame New Scenario 1 Description Direction From Initiator x
108. R PBDE RESO ride Pa pd FGA Toe Se ERE PF Oe AA paj ed pa O RRAS A SEED ATEA BPTE IR HAH RE X Xe BH UE SG SEED Re ths Es EFUP TER ECHTE E HaT iy ARA me REE 4038 AE UE 3 95 Re AA sci AR ee 20004 Part Nam PCHAs Mechanical Hardware Sheet Metal Plastic Parts Power Supply Power Cord Protective Case if present Cable Assemblies 1f present Fans UE resent Probes Gf eim Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Polybrominated Hexavalent Mercury Cadmium Chromium Hg Cd Cr d i O o Lx ee FO fee LITE S T 11363 2006 4 Em HRE ith c a gt Wr n Pet 517 11363 2006 EEIE WIR EEK o Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 51 T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in 51 11 1363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Use Conditions Temperature 5C to 40C Humidity 5 to 95 max RH non condensing Altitude Up to 2000 meters Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 287 LeCroy Corporation WAN Operation WAN Operation WAN connected operation is supported Contact factory for details of operation Refer How to
109. RTANT Power up all units before starting the software Connecting over Different Subnets If the Host PC with the software and Sierra M6 1 are on the same subnet they will see each other s broadcasts and the Sierra M6 1 application will automatically appear in the Select Device dialog from which you can select a device as described in the previous section If the Host PC and Sierra M6 1 do not reside on the same subnet they will not see each other automatically You must add the Sierra M6 1 IP address manually To add the IP Address use the Add Device button see Figure 1 12 on page 24 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connect over Ethernet WARNING Check your firewall settings before making Ethernet connections Incorrect firewall settings can prevent LeCroy applications from detecting analyzers on the network though Ping works correctly Consult your Firewall documentation to allow LeCroy applications to the network The following TCP and UDP ports must be open to connect over the Ethernet TCP Port 4000 to 4003 UDP Ports 4015 to 4017 Launching Your Analyzer To launch the software double click the SAS or SATA icon Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Operating in Simulation Mode LeCroy Corporation Operating in Simulation Mode The system operates in Simulation Mode by default if the software detects no hardware However you can operate in Simulation Mode directly without installing t
110. S The SAS Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern a Protocol Errors LDLDLDL SATA The SATA Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern Protocol Errors ODO O 46 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Patterns and Data Capture Setup LeCroy Corporation Choose a Parameter To choose a parameter for capture from any of these categories highlight the category in the parameter window and click the Add gt gt button This opens selection dialogs for each of the categories displaying all of the parameters for that category All patterns added appear in the Project Tree Exclude Patterns Check this box to allow for the capture of everything except the patterns that have been added to the Project Tree When you check this box the Primitive category appears in the Parameter window and the window enables the Exclude Idle checkbox Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 C Everything Exclude SATA CONT Capture Exclude Pattem Exclude SATA SYNC V Exclude Idle Q Include OX Exclude OOB Signals Exclude Xxx Y Include SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except fo Dword s Y Include SATA CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle Pattern Primitive P Primitive AIP
111. SATA CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 46 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Patterns and Data Capture Setup LeCroy Corporation Defining Patterns To select an item for capture either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog You can define patterns for specific ports by checking or unchecking the Port ID Primitive Double click Primitive available only if you check Exclude Patterns to open the Primitive selection dialog i X AIP NORNA IP NORMAL ae Not Specific To Type OF Connections Port ID C Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections Mi i wT fw T2 Primitive Type Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 18 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive drop down list box choose a Primitive to exclude and click OK Repeat for additional Primitives Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern to open the Data Pattern definition dialog x Format gt SSP Hashed Source SAS Address 2000004 C Binary eo Hashed Destination SAS Address RK Hexadecimal Cancel Data D
112. SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation ATA Command Pattern SATA only Double click ATA Command to open the ATA Command Pattern selection dialog ATA Command Pattern Check Power Mode Configure Stream 0x51 1 Device Configuration Freeze Lock 0xB1 C1 Device Configuration Identify 0xB1 C2 Device Configuration Restore 0xB1 C0 Command Device Configuration Set 0xB1 C3 Device Reset 0x 8 Download Microcode 0x32 Sector NU E vecute Device Diagnostic 0x90 Cylinder Li Flush Cache OxE 7 Cylinder H Flush Cache Ext OxEA DEV H eae et Media Status OxDA v Sector Num exp Cylinder Low exp Cylinder High exp Features exp Format Command Any Command C Binary Hexadecimal Features X X x xj vH M H2 VDI M D2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 57 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Command list box choose an ATA command and click OK Soft Reset SATA only Double click Soft Reset to open the Soft Reset dialog Ce x Port M Hi M H2 VDI M D2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link o Figure 2 58 SATA Soft Reset Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 79 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Sequ
113. SPINLUIP NOTIFY POWER LOST EXPECTED NOTIFY RESERVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK MAK CAC ERROR HAK RESERVED 0 RADY RESERVED 1 AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION Ao SIS LIN T I x Cama 2 Figure 4 19 Example 1 Event Drop Down List 8 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 249 LeCroy Corporation Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive 9 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action Remove RRDY Normal Mo action specified For the event RROY NORMAL From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to Ehe p Scenario Name Remove BEDY Normal Description Wait for PERO Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules i Wait for RPDY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add combined event Click here to addygan action Click here t dd an her events Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl COP MOM SCEL xi Figure 4 20 Example 1 Entering an Action The Action Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 14 on page 241 10 In the Type column on the left choose the action that you want to occur when an RRDY is detected In this example it is the Remove Primitive action Select Random Yes or No N for Every Nth occurr
114. Sample Viewer Configuration k FHe co 0444900 Idle Fields Transport Fields ATA Emo Fields SCSI Crad Fields SMP Emo Fields Task Mng Fields Data Fields Queue Cmd Fields Phy Reset Fields Additional Fields Frame List Spread Sheet View Spread Sheet Columns Histagram Field Setting Format visible Field Header Setting C Name C Abbreviation Foreground Data Pavload Columns in A ow 16 Column Bytes in Lalumn fi Bute Viewer Setting e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute C Trigger C User Define C Based On System Time W Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condenze Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Fort o Cancel Figure 3 68 Sample Viewer Configuration Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual aut Configuration button on the Viewer toolbar or select Configuration gt Sample Viewer Configuration to open the Sample Viewer X Sample Viewer Configuration LeC roy Corporation Field Setting To view a packet field select a field from the packet field tree and check the Visible box Uncheck it to hide the field To change the data format of a packet field select the field and choose a data format from the Format drop down list Sample Viewer Configuration SCSI Ema Fields SMF Cmd Fields Task Mng Field
115. Setting on page 170 Batch Script Setting see Scenario Batch Files on page 274 Tools Browse UserData System or InFusion folder Help Help Topics and About InFusion 224 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface LeCroy Corporation Main Library You can Show Main Library Main Library DAA ex mt cenarios B Mew Scenario 0 Figure 4 2 Main Library The Main Library has Scenarios Using the buttons from left to right you can Q Create a new scenario and save a scenario QO Save a library and save a copy of a library Q View edit a scenario insert a scenario delete scenario and assign scenario to device ports QO Copy and paste Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 225 LeCroy Corporation Interface 226 Device Library You can display the Device Library 24 0 Ex 8 2 Ur Scenarios ma e Esto E Mone SAS EGET L 3 3 Bad SCSI fer length in Cred Fr 545 6 LL3 14 545 frame after DONE no cr 545 errors test Tf DEVICE Write Failed Device 16 DEVICE Buffer Underun Device 20 DEVICE Verty Soft Reset Recovery Inject Disparity Error Inject Disparity Error empl Figure 4 3 Device Library A Device Library has Scenarios currently available in the device Using the buttons from left to right you can Download a selected scenario Download all scenarios Save a copy of the library View edit a selected item
116. Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H Network tools 1 l1 g Ey ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes Network tools 2 Intrasever Network tools 1 Intrasever Seagate 2 Catalyst Seagate 2 gt Intrasever Intrasever Network tools 2 Intrasever Network tools 1 Intrasever Seagate 1 If you elect to save the captured sample file the assigned SAS address names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default If you want to set these SAS address aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default SAS address aliases Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 159 LeCroy Corporation Tx Vout Tx Vout The analyzer incorporates the ability to select TX Vout for the transmitter on each port Selecting TX Vout increases the output voltage swing above the nominal value for test and characterization purposes This feature is also useful to compensate for line loss when driving long cables To select TX Vout select Configuration gt Tx Vout amp Preemphasis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog xi Unit Restore Factory Settinas Save Load Output pre emphasis Output Pre Long Input signal equalization Short time constant 2 GHz 2 dB w Medium tim
117. T SAS or Exclude CONT SATA Check this to exclude SATA_CONT primitives from the data capture Exclude SATA_SYNC SAS or Exclude SYNC SATA Check this to exclude SATA_SYNC primitives from the data capture Exclude OOB Signals Check this to exclude OOB signals from the data capture Exclude XXXX Check this to exclude XXXX patterns from the data capture Exclude Payload except Check this to exclude Payload of Data Frames from the data capture You can except a number of DWORD s Note The Data Report does not reflect excluded Payload of Data Frames Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Exclude ALIGN Check this to exclude ALIGN primitives from the data capture Exclude RRDY SAS only Check this to exclude RRDY primitives from the data capture Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 33 LeCroy Corporation SAS Software Menus and Toolbar Exclude NOTIFY SAS only Check this to exclude NOTIFY primitives from the data capture Exclude Idle Check this to exclude Idles from the data capture Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Replaces the Capture tab with a Pre Trigger Capture tab and a Post Trigger Capture tab SAS Software Menus and Toolbar The SAS software ha
118. T1 to 12 T2 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 83 LeCroy Corporation Project Settings Memory Settings The Trace Memory Status section has the following fields Trigger Position Pre Trigger defaults to 50 which defines the percentage of data to capture before and after the triggering event You can change this percentage by dragging the slider Capture of the specified percentage of the data prior to the triggering event cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur if the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event For more detail See Pre Trigger on page 82 Note Trigger Position only works when the triggering option is Pattern Sample File Name Click the ellipses next to the Sample File Name text box and choose a file name and location for the results of your current project Auto Run To repeat the current capture and trigger setup automatically check the Auto Run checkbox and enter the number of times in the Number of Run text box The capture and trigger repeat automatically for the specified number of times and the results are saved in consecutively numbered Sample scs files Memory Size In the Protocol Analyzer Settings tab you can allot memory for the trace recording Check Entire Me
119. U SSP ERROR HANDLING D Application Layer DUT Type C C Add Bemove Add All gt gt lt lt Remove all Test 6 7 1 1 Test 6 7 1 2 Test 6 7 1 3 Test 6 7 1 4 Test 6 7 1 5 Test 6 7 1 6 Test 6 7 1 7 Test 6 7 1 8 Test 6 7 1 9 Test 6 7 1 10 Test 6 7 1 11 Test 6 7 1 12 Test 6 7 1 13 Test 6 7 1 14 Test 6 7 1 15 Test 6 7 1 16 Test 6 7 1 1 Test 6 7 2 1 Test 6 7 2 2 Test 6 7 2 3 Test 6 7 2 4 Load Save st Close Settings DUT Name Device y cr Connection Rate AutoSpeed Report file c program files lecroy sas protocol suite User SAS erification_Device1 rtf Browse View Saved Traces No Test Name Result Detail Speed Negotiation has Speed Negotiation Window Three and Train Speed Negotiation Window The Link Layer has Link Reset Connections SSP Frames Closing SSP Connections Connections through Expanders and Break The Transport Layer has SSP Frames Structures Command IU Data IU XFER_RDY IU Response IU and Error Handling The Application Layer has SCSI CDB and STP Operations Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Verification SAS LeCroy Corporation p uer eS 10 11 12 13 Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and click the Add button Enter a value for DUT Type Target Initiator or Expander Enter the DUT Name Enter the Connection Rate as Autospeed or a value To view
120. User Manual Interface LeCroy Corporation InFusion test scripts are called scenarios Scenarios determine how the hardware device monitors and modifies line traffic You must use the application to create and download scenarios For the InFusion connections the device is connected between the SAS SATA host and the PHY of the test target DUT Interface The InFusion interface has the following command buttons New Scenario Begins the scenario creation process by listing Scenario Name Direction for traffic changes and Global Rules in the scenario window New Batch Script Starts a scenario batch file in Batch Script window Open Library Lists the InFusion Library Files infdb which contain the available scenarios in an Open dialog Save Saves the current scenario in the UserData folder Print Prints the current scenario Show Library Displays hides the Main Library window on the right which displays the available scenarios You can create a new scenario save a selected scenario save the library save a copy of the library display the selected scenario insert a copy of the selected item or delete the selected scenario Show Output Displays hides the Output window at the bottom which displays InFusion output Use the buttons to save output print output display options automatically save the log file with a path and size start logging stop logging and clear the Output window Show Device
121. Yes Enable SATA Device Emulator Tool SAS Initiator Emulator Yes Enable SAS Initiator Emulator Tool SAS Traget Emulator Yes Enable SAS Target Emulator Protocol Support SAS Yes Support for SAS protocol Protocol Support SATA Yes Support for SATA protocol Protocol Support STP Yes Support for STP in SAS protocol Protocol Support Pre emphasis Yes Support for Pre emphasis for SAS and SATA protocols Analysis ports 1 Yes Enable one analysis port for blade Analysis ports 2 Yes Enable two analysis ports for blade Analysis ports 4 Yes Enable four analysis ports for blade Analyzer Feature Muxing No Enable Muxing in analyzer Device Target Emulator Ports 1 Yes Enable one port for SATA Device or SAS Target Device Target Emulator Ports 2 Yes Enable two ports for SATA Device or SAS Target Device Target Emulator Ports 4 Yes Enable four ports for SATA Device or SAS Target Host Initiator Emulator Ports 1 Yes Enable one port for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Host Initiator Emulator Ports 2 Yes Enable two ports for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Host Initiator Emulator Ports 4 Yes Enable four ports for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Emulator Feature Muxing Ho Enable Muxing in Emulator Trainer Ports 1 Yes Enable one Trainer port for blade Trainer Ports 2 Yes Enable two Trainer ports for blade Trainer Ports 4 Yes Enable four Trainer
122. You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples O Range between selected cursors O Range between bookmarks Cancel 38 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Export to Generator LeCroy Corporation Export to Generator From the File menu you can Export to Generator using the Export to Generator dialog Export to Generator X Range All Sample C From x Cursor d To Cursor ww Fram ATA Cmd No 1 To ATA Cmd Nofi Import Items SSF Frames SMP Frames STP Frames Insert Waits Auto Aligment Port oo O O Project Mame I Stop Cancel Figure 2 8 Export to Generator Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples O Range between selected cursors O Range between ATA Commands or Transport You can import SSP Frames SMP Frames or STP Frames You can Insert Waits You can use Auto Alignment You can select the Port You can indicate Project Name Export Read Write Command Report From the File menu you can Export Read Write Command Report as an Excel file using the Save As dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 39 LeCroy Corporation Export to Generator Export Paired SAS Address Report If Text View is activated from the File menu you can save a Paired SAS Address Report as an Excel file using the Export Paired SAS Address Report dialog E
123. a 3 Inject Every Nth occurence 1 CRC Error Monitor Count Mot monitored z Invalid 10bit code Error id Running Disparity Error E Insert B Address Frame T FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive Lu SMP Frame E SSP Frame Insert DWORD l Link E T Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove z Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame El SNW Speed Negotiation Retime m Speed Negotiation Violation T Stop Scenario l Substitute z Data Dword with SAS primitive with SATA primitive Trigger Output x Cima E Figure 4 14 Action Properties Dialog The following table lists supported actions Note that some of these actions only apply to creating sequences Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 241 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Actions TABLE 4 3 Test State Actions Action Beep Branch to Existing State New State Capture Data DWORD CRC Error Invalid 10bit code Error Inject Running Disparity Error Insert Address Frame FIS Frame SAS Primitive SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD Link Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame Restart All Sequences Current Sequence SNW Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation Violation Stop Scenario Substitute Data DWORD with SAS Primitive with SATA Primitive Trigger Output Description Emits audible sound of duration Select via drop down list Go to
124. a Restrict SMP Ini S TP Ini SSP Init Reserved D 1 D 1 O0 Restrict SMPT 5TPTa 55P Ta Reserved 0 O0 Device Mame 1 000000000 SEES 002 003 005 00E Ds Device Name 2 000000000 0x08 0 09 0x0 545 Address 1 Save As 4 Previous Next gt gt ox Figure 3 40 Spec View The tabs allows you to display Hexadecimal or Binary The buttons allow you to go to Previous or Next You can Save As a text file 120 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Data Payload View To display the Data Payload View double click a data payload field in a Packet or Spreadsheet view or right click a data payload field and select Open as Data View Data Payload Layer FIS Packet Mo 258 00 0000 oo 0010 00 000 oo 0030 na 0040 na 0050 na 0060 oo 0070 na 0080 nao 0020 na 0040 oo O0EB0 na Oca 00 000 na O0EO 00 DOFO na 0100 00 0110 na 0120 00 01 30 oo 0140 Hexadecimal hn oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa aa 00 aa 00 aa aa 00 00 aa 00 oo 00 00 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 aa aa aa aa 00 00 00 ag 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 00 00 ag 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 aa aa aa 00 aa aa 00 aa 00 00 00 ag 00 00 00 ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 OO 00 oo 00 00 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 00 aa 00 aa 00 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 ao 00 00 00 00 OO 00 OO 00 oo 0
125. a M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 87 LeCroy Corporation Ports Configuration Ports Configuration Select the Port Configuration button to display the Set Port Configuration dialog Set Port Configuration y Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer 0 Available TES Available IE 2 Available Y 2 Available D 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 x oea Cancel Ports Configuration for Current Setup Serial Num SN 61666 0xFOEZ Ports Assignment Figure 2 67 SAS Set Port Configuration Dialog The dialog shows the current port configuration To select a port configuration click the down arrow to display the Select Port Configuration dialog Select Port Configuration k l x All Configurations Filter e Analyzer v Emulator Jammer Trainer All valid park configurations For SM 61658 OxFODA Port 01 o o Figure 2 68 SAS Select Port Configuration Dialog 88 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Ports Configuration LeCroy Corporation Port configuration depends on the application you run a To act as Analyzer select the Q Analyzer port configuration Q To activate the InFusion on a port select V Jammer Note To display the current Port Configuration click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on p
126. a state in this sequence that is already defined Go to a state in this sequence that is not yet defined you need to define it Captures a data DWORD into one of four registers Injects a CRC error into the line Injects invalid 10b code into the line Injects a Running Disparity RD error into traffic Inserts a frame or primitive Inserts DWORD Puts both InFusion SAS ports at electrical idle immediately Starts traffic pass through immediately This action restarts traffic after a previous disconnect command Once traffic is passing through the initiator and target resume OOB signaling Opens a window to count the number of events that occur during a session A session is a time interval during which a scenario runs Removes the targeted event from the traffic Restart all sequences in the scenario Restart the sequence that contains this action definition l Set RCDT SNTT ALT TLT TX speed TRAIN TRAIN_DONE pattern and or PHY Capability Set Violation Type Stops all scenario activity Substitutes a data DWORD in the traffic Substitutes a SAS primitive in the traffic Substitutes a SATA primitive in the traffic Sends a signal out the trigger port to the device downstream Only shown in Action Properties dialog box when creating a sequence Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions LeCroy Corporation Using Counters in Events and Actions Many of the events and action
127. acol Nyor General Primitive FIS ATA Command Protocol Error Performance Others Figure 3 115 SATA Performance Report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Min Compl Time w Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Host Bus Utilization 363 626 678 47 us 363 626 678 47 us 363 626 678 47 us 8 16 us X to Y Ons Xto T Ons Y to T Ons Efficiency 29 34 Total Read Cmd 1 Total Read Byte 512 189 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content FIS Report SATA To display the FIS Report click the FIS tab The FIS Report displays information in the following columns QO FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host Q PM Port Q Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Q Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Q of total count sah Ga S 3 e ti 1 Move gt General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Commard Read Write Command Performance Others FIS Type PM Port Direction Duration Count Yo Al I Al v Al al o Register Host to Device 0 H gt D 695 826 660 16 us 1333 22 97 Register Device to Host 0 D gt H 761 133 361 82 us 1332 22 96 Set Device Bits 0 D gt H 497 066 680 91 us 706 12 17 DMA Activate 0 D gt H 214 080 001 83 us 415 7 15 DMA Setup 0 D gt H 574 346 679 69 us 706 12 17 PIO Setup 0 D gt H 9 426 667 21 us 5 0 09 Data 0 H gt D 2 350 2
128. age 123 Port Configuration and Projects Port Configuration depends on Project selected Performance Analyzer and Performance Analyzer with Initiator Emulator do not use ports Protocol Analyzer Protocol Analyzer with Initiator Emulator and Target Emulator can have the following port configurations Project Number One analyzer and or one emulator Protocol Analyzer Port 1 Protocol Analyzer Port 1 with Initiator Emulator Pair on Port 1 Target Emulator Port 1 Pair on Port 1 Analyzers work with Emulators Jammer and Trainer see below One Initiator Emulator can work by itself or work with one Analyzer One Target Emulator can work by itself or work with one Analyzer Emulators do not work with Trainer Emulators work with Jammer see below Jammer can pair with one analyzer on a port Jammer does not work with Trainer Trainer can pair with one analyzer on a port Trainer does not work with emulators Trainer does not work with Jammer Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 89 LeCroy Corporation Ports Configuration MUX Setting SAS only Enable Muxing on port combinations SE x Enable Musing On ST I 1 71 TM 13 73 p 12 T2 14 74 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 69 MUX Setting Dialog Box If you enable this option on two ports the data of both ports transfers on one physical link whose speed is twice the speed of each link and the data of two links multiplexes on
129. ance Test dialog 212 components 15 conditional statements 278 configuration 153 Configuration menu 28 Configuration menu InFusion 224 Configure Device 224 contact 289 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 162 Count Randomly 243 counter as data 95 Counter button 95 Counter Value 243 counters 243 Create statistical report read write page 164 CrossSync Control Panel 29 Current License Configuration field 169 cursor position status bar 128 cursors locating 144 positioning 143 timing 119 292 D data 28 pattern 49 show 110 Data FIS 61 data block counter data 95 custom pattern 94 defining 92 editing 94 editing as text 97 naming 93 random pattern 96 walking bit 96 Data Block dialog box 92 Data Block Edit menu 93 Data Block Name list 97 data format 110 Data Pattern dialog 49 70 Data Pattern edit box 94 Data Payload View 121 data report 28 201 Data Report button 125 201 Data View 28 DataPatternCapture 101 Decode CDB of Commands 165 Decode Toolbar 131 Decode toolbar 28 Default Data Block button 92 Default Workspace 162 163 default workspace 162 default infdb file 233 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 34 Define Pattern dialog 94 defining patterns 81 Device Identifier dialog 210 device library 234 Device Library window 234 273 Device Setup dialog 171 DHCP 173 DHCP server 21 Disconnect 23 disparity indication 131 display
130. and Pattern Format Command Ary Command Binary Write Uncorectable Ext 0x45 ie Hexadecimal Cancel Write Muliple E3 Ox Show F Add LBA s ta WM Cache Finned Set 056 10 Flush NV Cache 0 B6 14 MY Cache Disable OxB6 16 Command MY Cache Enable Bb5 15 Query NY Cache Misses 0xB6 13 Query NW Cache Pinned Set OxB6 12 Sector Nd Remove LBA s From NY Cache Pinned 0xB6 11 Cylinder Li Return From Mw Cache Power Mode OxBE 1 Cylinder H Set NY Cache Power Mode OxBb Any Command DEW Heal Sector Mum esp Cylinder Low exp Cylinder Highle p E x33 Features exp IH 12 T M T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 46 SAS FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Double click ATA Command in the Pattern window to open the ATA Command Pattern dialog Click the down arrow next to the Command dropdown list scroll the list to choose a command to trigger on and click OK A powerful triggering choice is Any Command which causes the analyzer to trigger on any ATA command Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation ATAPI Double click ATAPI in the Pattern window to open the ATAPI Pattern dialog ATAPI Pattern xl Type Any ATAPI Command MMC 6 SPC 4 SSC 2 Command Type Any Command X CDB Type Any CDB Type Any CDB Type
131. another script command and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected script command 6 To edit batch commands click the command or right click the command and select Edit from popup menu Batch Script is valid I Label0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms HCK nere to add anotnet script Command Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Xie IE S ee Re re GS aes Edit HCK nere to add anotner senpt command L Click 5 Delete Lc gt s 7 To delete a command right click and select Delete from popup menu or select command and press Delete key on keyboard 8 After finishing if everything is correct push the Run Batch button to execute scenario and save result in the log file 0 L E Rec Analyzer _ OM RunBatdh 4 New Script 0 Batch Script is valid Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box 276 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation Error Checking The Script Workspace shows errors by red color The program reports all errors in the log file If you use a script from other InFusion hardware it may cause an error for example mismatch in hardware Mac addresses or scenarios that are not already in current hardware 4 New Script 0 bx Fl Label0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Label
132. ary are those currently stored on the corresponding device They were uploaded from the device to your PC when you opened the device library You can click any of the scenarios listed to open it for editing When you are finished with your edits you can use the buttons on the Device Library toolbar to download the revised scenario to the device The None scenario is an empty and undefined scenario to allow you to assign port s to None The Multiport feature allows you to run a scenario by more than one port in a Device Library and to assign different ports to different scenarios and run them together Each scenario in a library can run by more than one port Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios LeCroy Corporation Scenario Properties To begin the scenario creation process you click the New Scenario button in a library window or on the InFusion application toolbar As the first step in creating a scenario the application prompts you for scenario name a short description optional and the direction of traffic to which any traffic changes apply Changes are for example injection or removal of data or a primitive You identify direction of traffic change or modification in terms of traffic origin The application uses the following conventions a From Initiator Change is made to traffic coming from test host for example CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from initiator to target
133. ata Offset O Dwords 0 255 OOK Dwl OOK DwO SOKKX Dw3 OOO Dw2 OOOO Dw5 36000000 Dw4 30000000 Dw 20000000 Dw amp OOK Dw 2360000004 Dw8 2360000004 Dw11 360000004 Dw10 OOOO Dwi3 OOOO Dwi2 3600060004 Dwi5 366060000 Dwi4 Min mi Mn fla wn wr Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 19 SAS Data Pattern Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 49 LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors 50 SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for capture or exclusion from capture and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to capture or exclude OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this pattern as O3 02 01 00 Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors to open the Protocol Errors selection dialog Protocol Errors h Protocol Errors C Disparity Error C ALIGN Error STP Signaling Latency Error C STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive C STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout L Frame Type Error L Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error C CAC Error C ACK NAK Timeout O Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the S
134. ber 289 Template Files 161 Test Result 203 Text View 28 text view 103 Tile Horizontally All Views button 123 Tile Views 123 time relative display 36 Time Stamp Origin 147 Timeout Pattern dialog 65 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual timer 64 Timer dialog 64 80 timers 258 timing cursors 119 measurement 119 tool bar 124 toolbar layers 129 Toolbar command 124 Tools 202 Tools menu InFusion 224 Trace Capture 37 Trace Memory Status section 84 Traffic Monitoring 222 trigger external 65 manually 62 on address frame 73 on ATA command 68 on ATA command pattern 79 on ATAPI 69 on bus condition 66 on data pattern 70 on FIS 77 on FIS pattern 78 on pattern 63 on primitive 67 on protocol errors 71 on SCSI Command 76 on SMP Frame 74 on soft reset 79 on SSP Frame 75 on STP frame 72 on symbol 66 on timer 64 position in memory 84 setup 62 snapshot 62 trigger on any ATA command 68 Trigger tab 62 triggering on timer sequential 80 order 81 triggering order 81 Tx Vout 160 Tx Vout amp Preemphasis command 160 297 LeCroy Corporation Index U unpacking 15 Update Field List based on 166 Update License 176 Update Sierra Device 224 Update Sierra Device command 171 Upload Manager dialog 85 USB IP Setup 173 user defined decoding 175 User Defined Decoding dialog 175 User Path 161 using the cursors 143 V Value Replacement 222 VENDOR FIS 61 Verification scr
135. captured ATA commands in the Sample Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Sample Viewer ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands 138 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Filter Check Condition Checking the SCSI Command Status check box enables Check Condition for filtering x Filter Options Bus Condition Primitive MCheck Condition M Incomplete Frames incomplete Address Frames ISSP Frames SMP Frames ISTP Frames SCSI Commands ISMP Commands Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag JATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Ports ivnwiaiimvi ivnivr2ivi3MWT4 Reset All Check All SIU L dODOO Figure 3 51 SAS Filter Check Condition Filter by Tag Number Checking the Tag check box displays tags available for filtering Check the corresponding check boxes for tags to filter x Filter Options Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames OSSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address D
136. ce RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the recovery from the PM state These errors are mainly caused by the long synchronization time of the analyzer If these errors caused by the Analyzer become triggers you cannot detect some other errors that you really need to detect To NOT detect the above two errors enable the software setting Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during Speed negotiation After this the code violation is not triggered during the speed negotiation phase but is triggered if the violation happens after the speed negotiation phase External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Choose Port Speed The default speed is Autospeed You can also select the port speed from the drop down list 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps or 6 0 Gbps Note If a Port ID check box has no check the analyzer does not capture any patterns for that port The system allocates trace memory for that port to its adjacent port for example 11 T1 lt gt I2 T2 Sierr
137. d The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SOF or SOAF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SAS standard 0x12345678 hex where 1 is the first digit on the cable and is the MSB as given in the SAS Stan dard DLDLDL For example for an SMP Request Pattern 0x40000000 Mask OxFF000000 Offset O0 SOF Type SOF SATA Data Pattern When you create a SATA data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SATA_SOF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SATA Standard OOO O For example for Register H gt D FIS Pattern 0x00000027 Mask OxOO00000FF Offset 0 SOF Type SATA SOF Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions LeCroy Corporation Scenario Actions After you enter the set of events for a test state the menu driven interface prompts you for the corresponding action or set of actions If you define multiple actions the actions occur simultaneously di Action Properties V ioj x Type Properties PI Analvzer Trigger Type Action Beep Description z Capture Data Dward A andom M
138. de Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot S F Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed I1 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s Parameters Exclude ALIGN Exclude RADY v Exclude NOTIFY V Exclude Idle What analyzer triggers on Capture memory settings Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand All Collapse All button hides details in Project m Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 1 SAS New Analysis Project Dialog The New Project dialog opens with default settings to capture Everything on the bus and to Trigger On on Snapshot The analyzer captures everything immediately without triggering on anything in particular SATA On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer to open a SATA Protocol Analyzer dialog Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree SATAProtocolAnalyzer2 Everything Exclude SYNC B A Capture C Pattem T Exclude CONT Everything Exclude OOB Signals Exclude xx Y Include Ox Include SYNC Incl
139. ded command in frame column 165 Reset clear the list of found devices 162 Response frame 108 Reverse Link Data 163 Run All Tests Sequentially 204 Run Batch button 276 Run Batch Script command 223 run hardware 35 Run Scenario button 273 Run scripts button 219 Run statement 280 Run Verification Scripts dialog 217 running disparity 131 Running verification scripts button 217 Rx Tx Settings dialog 160 S Sample File Name 84 Sample View link 197 Sample View Settings 163 Sample Viewer Configuration dialog 153 Sampling memory usage optimization 163 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option 167 SAS Address Alias 158 SAS address report 187 SAS data pattern 240 SAS Parameters window 63 SAS Protocol Suite 27 SAS Verification 215 SATA data pattern 240 SATA Parameters window 64 SATA Protocol Suite 27 Save partial trace capture 37 38 39 40 295 LeCroy Corporation Index trace capture 37 Save as Text button 194 Save As Text dialog 105 114 Save As Text Excel 38 Save Filtered Sample 37 Save Output button 217 scenario 229 action 241 creation 246 downloading 273 event 238 overview 229 properties 235 running 273 Scenario Batch file 274 Scenario Properties dialog 235 scramble unscramble payload data 131 scrambling disable 86 Script Workspace 274 SCSI Command Pattern dialog 76 SCSI Command report 186 SCSI commands address display 36 SCSI spec assignment 162 SCSI Spec Assignment button 126
140. diacivesdvecaueteactataceaiaceinctan waioradane 80 TIMO A M 80 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 3 LeCroy Corporation Contents DeTINING Patterns arado capa 81 MPIGGEFING OA aa 81 o A SEM ETE NE RERE 82 PIOISCE SOINS 22st nues MD DELL IUD PME LIE Le LEE 83 Memory SENO Sis as 84 TAJO POS MON eem 84 sample File Name o 84 AUTOUR A O O RO 84 Memory SIZE E 84 Partial uia AAA 84 DEGIMENLSG MIGNON A NET LT 84 Upload Managua c 85 Analyzer Setting e 86 Primitive Response TIMEOUT suscrita 86 Disable SCAM UNA Osia e E E A 86 SNOWAXAR Valla A a ERa 86 PFOLOCO M idol dl MASK cantada 86 EXternal TE DUES CM aaa 87 External Trig IM SUING iaa 87 Choose POM DO nta ia 87 POMS COntgura ON isis 38 Port Contfiguration and PEOJeCIS 5 cia raices 89 MUX Setting SAS ONIY ura oia 90 Adaa Project Noe unica da 91 Creating a Data BlOCK Cete m 92 Nammo a Data BIOCK eb w 0SSG X 93 Editino a Data BIO Cass 94 Define Your Own Patti a A Ns 94 COMO acai ec eee ncaa epee UU I t 95 Random Data atlerliusisse E O pu sundsinenadensscnntaieaieontana 96 Walking BIG Pate Dada A OS 96 Creating and Editing Data Blocks as Text cooocooncccnccccncocococccoocncocnconoconarcnnnronnronarrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnnrrnnnrnnnrrnnrrrnarenannos 97 EO ACD AlAs me dada 97 SAVE AS v D CNN 97 4 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation Chapter 3 Display Manipulation uires co
141. different views by selecting View on the menu bar and choosing the desired View Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 35 LeCroy Corporation Run Hardware Show Hide Layers buttons Show Hide Port Data vr T lm 12 T2 fia 13 M Ta Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted M Restricted H Restricted H SMP initistor Port H STP Inbator Port H SSP indiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port M STP Target Port M SSP Target Port M Restricted M SAS Address H Phy Identifier H CRC H Link Data 0 0 21 eens i ES Oins X Y T s Cursors Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted M Restricted M Restricted M SMP iniistor Port H STP initiator Port HM SSP hitiator Port 4 Restricted M SMP Target Port H STP Target Port M SSP Torget Port M Restricted M SAS Address M Phyidentihler M CREM Link Coto 0 4 I Relative Time 2 578 800 m8 Re Tite 2516 033 ms Address Frama Type Protocol Intiator Port H Connection Rate Features H indistor Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compatible Features H Path Blocked Count H Arbitration We Tine H More Compstibie Features H CRC H Link osta 3 Gee ares 104704 SY Link as Layer ma m rw Num of F Bytes M Tag H Target Port Transter Tag H j a es ien e SAS Addr M Changing Data Porter ReTransmit H Tag H Target Por
142. do one test with the Global Rules and a separate test with each sequence you create You can have up to two sequences in a scenario The following table summarizes the Global Rules examples that follow TABLE 4 4 Global Rules Examples Example Description 1 Creating a single event and action removes a primitive 2 Creating a single event and action replaces a primitive 3 Creating a combined event a logical OR association of multiple events and an action 4 Creating multiple triggers and actions 5 Creating multiple actions on a single event 6 Using timers Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 247 LeCroy Corporation Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive from the initiator and removes it 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries 2 Inthe Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change see Figure 4 11 on page 236 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event d _ Remove RRDY Normal box lt A Scenario is valid Status Mak saved Scenario Name Pemove BRDY Normal Description Wait for BREDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Fules
143. e Sequence 1 State O Wait for Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask From Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to State l Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt El State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask From Initiator Click here to add combined event then Beep 2 sj Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add another state Click here to add another sequence Status Not saved ai a wr OxuF r xF r Ox F r OxF E Figure 4 38 Example 7 Sequence Area of Scenario 266 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 LeCroy Corporation Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 In this example a five state sequence detects if a group of primitives is received out of order from the initiator The expected order is Align 0 Align 1 Align 2 Align 3 If this scenario detects any other order of these primitives it causes the device to beep and the scenario to restart This example is designed to give you an idea of the powerful logic that you can implement with sequences Note The states in this sequence have been renamed do not have their default names The following
144. e Device f times Period of activation 1000 ms Activate emulator with old settings Figure 2 71 Target Emulator Check Box and Channel Speeds Note Analyzer must detect MUX primitives from both host and device sides to capture traffic correctly in Muxing mode 90 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Ports Configuration LeCroy Corporation Add a Project Note To enter and save information about the current project click the Notes tab and enter the data about the project Pre T rigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settings Notes Project Name PT Note a Creation Date 08 04 13 on Tuesday Jul 08 08 Last Modified Not saved yet Last Run Not run yet B Easy switch to Advanced mode Figure 2 72 Project Notes Tab Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 B Pre Trigger Capture Exclude Include lt lt Include SATA SYNC Include SATA CONT Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Q Exclude Idle fA Trigger Non Sequential B 44 Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include ox Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RRDY Exclude Idle A Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed I1 11 12 T
145. e Tags box in the Search For window and then check the Tag s for which to search in the Search Items window Figure 3 67 Search by Tag Number 152 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration LeCroy Corporation Display Configuration The Analyzer ships with a default display configuration of field and viewer settings You can define your own field and viewer settings for a particular testing scenario Sample Viewer Configuration The Sample Viewer Configuration dialog allows you to change the following display settings a LDLLLDLDLDLDLDLDUDLcC Field Setting m Format Decimal Hexadecimal Binary m Visible m Byte Order Right Align Left Align Field Header Setting m Text color m Name m Abbreviation m Foreground color Viewer Setting m Wrap Packet m Enable Tooltips Data Payload m Columns in Row 1 2 4 8 16 m Bytes in Column 1 2 4 8 16 Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Defined Based on System Time Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format LeCroy Milli Micro Save Sample Viewer Configuration in a file Load Sample Viewer Configuration from a file Factory Setting restores default settings Font opens Font dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 153 LeCroy Corporation Sample Viewer Configuration 154 To customize the display click the Configuration dialog
146. e analyzer with Pattern selected a Trigger on any pattern Any Trigger Mode a External Trigger Q Trigger on a sequence of patterns Sequential Trigger Mode Snapshot Mode To trigger immediately on any pattern check the Don t care Snapshot button Capture Trigger Settings Notes AR IA C Manual Trig C Pattem Parameters B Easy switch to Advanced mode 2 Capture Exclude Y Include 200 Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA CONT Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle p Address Frame Any Address Frame Type p SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type fA Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot Y Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps IT T1 12 T2 13 713 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 89 Connection Details Simulation Mode 2 Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 37 Default Trigger Selected Manual Trigger Mode In the Manual Trigger mode the analyzer captures bus traffic continually from when you use the Manual Trigger until you click the Stop Hardware button on the analyzer toolbar which triggers the analyzer To perform a manual trigger check the Manual Trig button 62 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCro
147. e constant 800 MHz OFF Pre emphasis level OFF T Pre emphasis decay 500 pz Output Pre Short Pre emphasis level EE dE Pre emphasis decay 200 pz Long time constant 300 MHz 4 dp Output power level ann ny Loss of signal 130 m Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports Cancel Figure 3 75 Choose Port for TX Vout Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports implements one port s setting into all other port settings Restore Factory Settings restores default values Save saves the new values as a sng file Load loads back the saved sng file 160 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Software Settings LeCroy Corporation Software Settings Software Settings allow you to define template files for new Analyzer projects to specify how sample files appear when opened and to set ATAPI Spec Assignment To perform software settings in an open sample view select Configuration gt Software Settings General Tab Software Settings l x General Sample Viewer Spread Sheet View Column view Field List View Paths User path Template Files Protocol Analyzer in New Protocol Analvzer Project in Advanced Mode Default Workspace c program Filestlecroylsas protocol suite System PreDefined Workspace Def MEO Commands Time out Threshold 1000 us ATAPI Spec Assignment MMC6 5PC4
148. e view Editing a Bookmark If a packet has a bookmark you can edit the bookmark by right clicking the data viewer area of the packet selecting the Edit Bookmark command from the pop up menu and changing the information in the Bookmark dialog see above Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 145 LeCroy Corporation Using the Cursors and Bookmarks Finding a Bookmark To find a bookmark in the data viewer display right click the mouse in the sample viewer and select Bookmark x Bookmark Name ATA Command Bookmark Description v Sort bookmarks by start time 736 265 226 ms H2 ATA Command Add Delete Go To Time Difference 0 Save as text Print Close Figure 3 60 Go To Bookmark Dialog Box Highlight the bookmark to which to go then click the Go To button or double click the selection gt gt Input H E 0x60 Read FPDMA Queued 60040000000D46791100004000 Command Figure 3 61 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Bookmark Description To get a quick description of a displayed bookmark position the tool tip over a bookmark The name and description of the bookmark display Set Time Stamp Origin Right click in the sample viewer to open the fly out menu a Duration META 2 60 US Show Field aA Hide Field Burst idle Format 160 OOBI Byte Order b E Copy Data Set Time Stamp Origin e Absolute Trigger Current Position
149. e6 Pause Resume Play Audio 10 Read Capacity Read10 Receive Diagnostic Results Send Diagnostic Write10 Start Stop Unit Test Unit Ready Report Luns Synchronize Cache10 Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Incomplete Response Data Present Task Attribute Simple Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count LDLLLDLDLDLDLUDLDLU perum 3 128 T ry 000 000 00 n ns Read10 I gt T 4 2048 Good Simple 3 351 399 90 ms a 65 33 Figure 3 108 SAS SCSI Command Report SMP Command Report SAS To display the SMP Command Report click the SMP Command tab The SMP Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function All Custom Discover Report General Report Manufacture Information Report PHY Error Log Function Result SMP Function Accepted Direction All 1 gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count n n d n n General Pine SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Trenspet ATA emend SCSI Command SMP Command Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others All General SMP Function Accepted 186 666 671 75 ns Discover SMP Function Accepted I gt T 3 519 999 98 us 48 00 Report Phy Error Log SMP Function Acce
150. earch by specifying specific SAS addresses and STP ports to search Search r Search For Data Pattern Bu nditi JPrimitree Incomplete Frames J amp ddress Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames ISTP Frames SCSI Commands ISMP Commands Task Management Function ATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destmation SAS Address Protocol Error Tag SCSI Task Attribute mma Miscellaneous Search Direction Forward C Backward m Search Items Search From Start C Tria Pointer C X Pointer C Y Pointer C Last Found r Search Sub Items viGood wi Check Condition Sense Key ivilIncomplete ASC Hex ASCO Hex Search Logic C AND Selected Items OR Selected Items Search Domain smms Potts vit Iv i2 v T1 M T2 Check All UnCheck All Protocol Error v Packet with Error v Packet without Error F Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain Figure 3 66 Search Sub Items When you check the SCSI Command Status the Check Condition item appears in the Search Items Window if a check condition has occurred Clicking this enables Search Sub Items allowing you to refine the search by specifying Sense Key ASC and ASCQ Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 151 LeCroy Corporation Search Search by Tag Number To search by Tag Number check th
151. ecking either the K Symbol or D Symbol option then click the down arrow in the Symbol dropdown list choose a symbol to trigger on and click OK Note that the D Symbol choice does not have a down arrow Primitive Double click Primitive in the Pattern window to open the Primitive dialog Li x AIP NORMA IP NORMAL Cancel Not Specific To Type OF Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections C Used Inside STP Connections n II TI Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Court Expected number of occurences on each link Figure 2 44 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive dropdown list scroll the list to choose a primitive on which to trigger and click OK Note Check the box to the right of the Primitive Type to use the logical NOT Primitive Type AIP NORMAL C MOT AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL Cancel P AIF WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link Figure 2 45 SAS Primitive Selection Choices SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different choices Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 67 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup ATA Command 68 474 Comm
152. ed to the timestamp It also shows different speed 1 5G 3G 6G DWORDs Different DWORD cell height shows the duration of the DWORD To display Column View of the current capture click View gt Column View or click the button on the View Type toolbar SATA WTRM l l l 3 429 506 me Figure 3 7 SAS Column View Ime Stamp A do la x Figure 3 8 SATA Column View 104 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Right click in the Column View to display commands n n n n n Software Settings Time Stamp Format LeCroy Format Milli Second Micro Second Go to Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Time Stamp Book mark Begin End Bookmark Goto within Packet SOF EOF Next HOLD Previous HOLD Next HOLDA Previous HOLDA Next Align Previous Align Next R IP Previous R IP Note The Column View displays the CRC value To see different formats 10b 8b scrambled and so on select a format by clicking its Tool menu button Resize Columns You can resize the columns in Column View by clicking in the column boundary and dragging the boundary to a new position Rearrange Columns You can rearrange columns by left clicking in the column title and then dragging the drag and drop icon to a new position Save As Text Excel Select File Save As Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog
153. efault folder C Program Files LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite User 13 After you select tests click Start 14 The test runs and after a brief period displays the result 212 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Compliance Test SATA LeCroy Corporation mm Compliance Report file fe program files lecroy sata protocol suite User Compliance_Devicel ttf Browse View Saved Traces y No Test Name Description Result Detail 1 GTR 01 Once the initial Register device to host FIS has been received and successfully H1 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample acknowledged with no errors a device shall successfully respond to the setting of for further information the SRST bit in the Device Control register at any time and perform the software 275 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample reset protocol for further information 43 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information H4 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information H5 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 2 GTR 04 For all Serial ATA devices the entire contents of Word 93 in IDENTIFY DEVICE Passed or IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE data shall be cleared to zero Figure 3 144 Compliance Test Result 15 To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dial
154. elay Wakeup Type Request DC Idle Time Response DC Idle Time Request Wakeup Time Response Wakeup Time Count All Custom or a number O DOODODDODOODoUOo Oo a E amp rx 4r J gt of 1 PMREG_P PM Statistic Move x Cursor ai L Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Mansilla Performance PM Statistic ail aoe Rai EQ Wakeup Time RESP Wakeup Tir 24 160 000 us Figure 3 118 SATA PM Statistic Report PM Performance Report SATA To display the PM Performance Report click the PM Performance tab The PM Performance Report displays information in the following columns Port Partial Request Partial ACKed Partial NACKed Slumber Request Slumber ACKed Slumber NACKed Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time Total Time Slumber Time Total Time O OUODO0ODODDO O Gus ug amp sf T L a Move x Cursor Jo X e Partial Time Total Time Slumber Time f Total Time n a 0 03 nia Figure 3 119 SATA PM Performance Report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 191 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Toolbar Read Write Command Report SATA To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Software Settings see page 161 The Read Write Command Report displays information in the following co
155. emory Usage Optimization option This Memory Assignment MA feature optimizes sampling memory utilization If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked The system tries to use empty space in all memory banks to prevent any memory bank from filling completely Each physical link is not necessarily assigned to a specific memory bank The system can capture more sample data than if the MA option is unchecked and sample file size is closer to the user defined Sampling Memory Size Memory Assignment efficiency varies with Port Configuration and Trigger Position O FPGA The Memory Assignment feature works for a pair of ports connected to one FPGA for example ports 1 and 2 or ports 3 and 4 Memory Assignment does not work for two ports connected to different FPGAs for example ports 1 and 3 Q Triggering Memory Assignment only starts after the trigger point During pre trigger each physical link is always assigned to a specific memory bank Post trigger the system can try to use empty space in all memory banks if you check the MA option Therefore Memory Assignment efficiency is maximum when Trigger Position is set to 096 snap shot trigger and is minimum when Trig ger Position is set to 9996 or when there is no triggering you stop recording man ually a MUX When MUX is enabled each segment has four memory banks limiting Memory Assignment somewhat Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 167 LeCroy Corp
156. ence and Monitor Count as Monitored or Not Monitored 11 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box _ Remove RRDY Normal Scenario is valid Scenario Mame Pemove BEDY Normal Description Wait for BEDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pule Wait for BRPDY NORMAL from Initiator zClick here to add combined event gt then Bemove Click here to add another action Click here to add another events Click here to add a Sequence gt For Help press F1 COP MOM SCEL xi Figure 4 21 Example1 Complete Scenario 12 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 250 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error LeCroy Corporation Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive and replaces it with an ERROR primitive 1 8 9 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in the previous example choose RRDY Normal as the type of primitive to monitor In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an actio
157. enerative state machine Scenario Libraries You can create any number of scenarios which you then can archive on your PC hard drive You also can download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device for test execution You can think of the libraries as windows that hold scenarios Recall that each library is a separate infdb file Main Library When you launch the InFusion application it opens a window called the Main Library The main library is the default workspace for creating and storing new scenarios The 232 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios LeCroy Corporation main library corresponds with the following file in the InFusion folder on the PC hard drive default infdb File Libraries You can save the main library with a name other than default while still using the infdb file extension The new file becomes a file library that is functionally equivalent to the main library with the following exception It does not open by default in the Main Library window You can navigate to other file libraries using the File Manager of the InFusion application In this manual the main library and other infdb file libraries are collectively called general libraries If you select Open Library you see a window similar to the following Look in 5 My Recent Documents P hy Computer My M Elisa I A XX n gt InFusion TestCasesFarSATA infdb Targ
158. ential Trigger Mode In Sequential Trigger mode triggering occurs whenever the system detects a specific sequence of patterns Defining the triggering patterns sets the sequence order You must define at least two patterns to enable selection of Sequential Trigger mode Note Patterns such as Primitives and Symbols or Frames occurring very close together on different ports cause an error in triggering To define a triggering sequence select more than one pattern then check the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box Capture Trigger Settings Notes C Dont care Snapshot Capture Exclude B Easy switch to Advanced mode C Manual Trig Y Include XX Pattern Y Include SATA SYNC Y Include SATA CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle Pattern Timer F P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type Timeout p SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type A Trigger Sequential External Trigger E FIS Pattern Register Host to Device Bus Condition Add gt gt P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Symbol Y Settings E HET Trigger Position in Memory 1 eee EE Capture Memory Size 10000 KB ATA Command A Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 30 Gbps 11 71 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 ATAPI al Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Address Frame xl 89 Connection Details Simulation Mode GS Collap
159. er 2003 and Windows Server 2008 operating systems Windows Vista and Windows 7 are recommended because they allow using more RAM memory Note on the Windows Vista Operating System If the SAS or SATA software does not open right click the SAS Protocol Suite or SATA Protocol Suite icon and select Properties to display the Properties dialog Select the Compatibility tab Check to Run this program in compatibility mode for Windows XP Insert the Installation CD ROM into the CD DVD drive on the host machine 2 The installation automatically starts setup unless Auto Run is off In that case select the CD ROM from My Computer and click Setup 3 After the warning to close all other programs and before starting the installation the Install component selection opens 4 Select components for installation 5 Click Next to complete the installation System restart You must restart your computer before you can use your Analyzer software Error Message If you get an error message during installation of the drivers for Window consult your system administrator Your system may allow only administrator level users to copy such driver files Hardware Setup Separate Systems When using the analyzer it is recommended to use a system to generate bus traffic and a second system to run the software to avoid characterization of analyzer traffic Connecting in General Note You must install the software before connecting the analyzer
160. er capture Check Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture to enable the Pre Trigger Capture and Post Trigger Capture tabs instead of only the Capture tab C Everything Exclude SATA CONT Exclude SATA SYNC Exclude OOB Signals Exclude X lt lt x Exclude Payload except D o Dwordls Pattern Parameters STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors Exclude patterns v Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures B Easy switch to Advanced mode EJ Pre Trigger Capture Y Include xX Y Include SATA SYNC Y Include SATA CONT Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type p SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type A Trigger Non Sequential 4 Post Trigger Capture Everythingl Exclude NOTIFY Include lt lt Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Include RRDY A Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Collapse All Expand ll Figure 2 17 SAS Post trigger Capture Dialog Enabled SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude
161. er of Runs Each Test You can specify to run a test more than once Run All Tests Sequentially This option runs all items in the Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion and LED Buzzer tests in order After you check this check box the command button becomes Start All Tests You must click the Stop Test button on the LED Buzzer tab to stop the check Memory Check To perform a SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check select the Memory tab x Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Be Memory W SDRAM v Exerciser RAM Save error details Cave in C Program Files L eCrausL eCrey SATA Protocol Suites I sersE rors detail sit El jv Append error details ale Number Of Run Each Test f O Run All Tests Sequentially start Memory Check Close Figure 3 134 SAS Self Test Dialog Memory Tab Choose the SDRAM Exerciser Data or Exerciser Instruction to test and click the Start Memory Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 203 LeCroy Corporation Tools Serdes Check To perform an FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip check select the Serdes tab Clock Memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Marwel Failure Type reas 1_Serdes Chip 0 FPGA 1_Serdes Chip 1 FPGA 1_Serdes Chip 2 reas 1_Serdes Chip 3 reas 2 Serdes Chip
162. ess H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000 0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 F87BABES3 Relative T Expander Chg Count D Vendor ld A 0x01 Report manufacturer information Product Id 4 Prat Rev Lvl H 0x00 Smp function accepted e za ae Link pu Target Relative Time 134 801 048 613 min 770 CLOSE NORMAL x3 Ma Link Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination S4S Address H 772 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps 5000E0C 471565000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 Fo7BA6ES Figure 3 1 SAS Packet View of scs Sample File s Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 99 LeCroy Corporation Viewer Display Command Input H Normal Output H PM Port H Protocol 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic 0x05 Device Diagnos 2 160 us FIS Type PM Port H C H Command H Features H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H 8 566 0x27 Register Host to Device Duration 1 026 us Link FIS Type ATA Command Sec Count H Link Data Relative Time Duration 1 0x27 Register Host to Device 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic D ns 1 026 us JAS FIS Type PM P
163. estination SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port DO my IOOOOU0 O ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Ports Vin MPa Mi Mi Mtl PMT2MT3 MU T Reset All Check All Figure 3 52 SAS Filter by Tag Number Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 139 LeCroy Corporation Filtering Filter Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In Incomplete Frames MIFIS DATA Command Protocol Error Port JATAPI SCSI Command Mis ce laneous Iv HIM H2 H3 v H4 Iv DIM D2 Iv 03 Iv D4 Figure 3 53 Filter State and or External Signals 140 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Use Pair SAS Addresses You can use all available pair SAS addresses Source gt Destination instead of using SAS source and destination addresses To enable the pair SAS address filter option check Use Pair SAS Addresses check box in the Filter dialog Filter Filter Filter Options Filter Options Bus Condition JOx5000E 85000000001 Bus Condition 0x50060560000003C5 gt 0x5000626 000001 074 Primitive JOx50060560000003C5 Primitive 0x50060560000003C4 gt 0x500062B 000001 074 Incomplete Frames 0x5000626 000001074 Incomplete Frames 0x50000500001047B5 gt 0x500062B 000001 074 Address Frames J0x5000C500001047B5 Address Fra
164. et button toggles the display of physical layer packets The Show Hide FIS packet button toggles the display of FIS layer packets When OFF the FIS layer and its links are hidden The Show Hide CMD packet button toggles the display of the CMD packets When ON only the command layer displays The Show Hide Command Queue button displays queued commands The Order Reorder toggles the time order of packets Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars LeCroy Corporation Decode Toolbar The Decode Toolbar controls encoding and scrambling features 10B The 10B button displays the payload data as 10 bit encoded data The 8B button displays the payload as 8 bit scrambled or unscrambled data SB depending on the Scrambled setting SC The SC button selects scramble unscramble for the 8 bit payload data To view corresponding Unscrambled and Scrambled payload data values instantaneously position the mouse pointer over a data field Running Disparity indication ME 1 773 000 ne Ea E ee IM SoS PESOS pes sepes meg E inei E ACST95 Symbols HA CONT e Ses ei Seer aaa wm ew jee Figure 3 45 Payload Data Display E The Symbol Notation button decodes the 8 bit or 10 bit encoded data in b Column View D The Show Data button displays the payload data values in Column View Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 131 LeCroy Corp
165. etTransportLayer infdb TargetLinkLaver inFdb e Realworld infdb es ManualExamples infdb El InitiatorTransportLayer infdb InitiatorLinkLayer infdb 3 DEFALLT infdb fem Docs File name Files of type InFusion Library Files infdb Figure 4 8 Open Library File List Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 233 LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios By selecting the TestCasesForSATA infbd file you get an additional library window with predefined SATA test cases similar to the following File Library c program Filesilecroyiinfu A X Scenarios 01_HOST_Buffer Underrun Hz HOST write Failed O03 HOST R RD failed 04 HOST Read Failed JE HOST Break Link with Pending 10s 06 HOST Write DMA Flow control error OF HOST Write DMA terminate protocol 08 HOST Write DMA transfer count erra 09 HOST Link Layer Retry 10_HOST_Invalid FIS type 11 HOST Vendor FIS type 1z DEVICE Buffer Underrun Figure 4 9 Test Cases for SATA Library Device Libraries 234 In addition to general libraries the application defines device libraries Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device Each device library opens in a separate Device Library window and holds up to ten InFusion scenarios for the device When you connect to the device and click the entry for that device in the Device List the device library for the device opens automatically The scenarios that appear in the device libr
166. eters in a workspace file Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file Default To set a default workspace select Configuration gt Software Settings to open the Software Settings dialog In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of a saved workspace wss file Open After you open a trace you can use a different workspace Select File gt Open Workspace to open an Open Workspace dialog Select a workspace wss file 102 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Changing the Default View To change the default view of all trace files to Packet View 1 Open a trace file Select the Packet View Close all other views Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file Select Configuration gt Software Settings to open the Software Settings dialog 5 Inthe Default Workspace field enter the path and name of the workspace wss file that you saved in step 3 Because the default workspace contains only Packet View the software opens trace files in Packet View CATC Navigation View To change the trace display to a CATC Trace click the CATC Navigation button You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Sample Viewer Configuration see Sample Viewer Configuration on page 153 Text View Text View displays the captured data interpreted as tra
167. f Test Command on Tools Menu Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 201 LeCroy Corporation Tools Clock Check To perform a Clock check choose the clock to test and click the Start Clock Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line x Clock memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Clock Tvpe Test Result al Gress 1 System Clock 150MHz hrPGA 1 Memory clock 166MHz rPGA 1 PCI Clock 66MHz frpGA 1 serdes 0 Tx clock W rPGA1 Serdes O RX clock W rPcA1 Serdes 1 TX clock K rPGA1 serdes_1 RX clock W rPGA1 Serdes 2 TX clock WrPGA1 serdes_2 RX clock fhrrGA 1 Serdes 3 TX clock W rPca1 serdes 3RX clock Miresa 2 System Clock 150MH2 fhrrGA 2 Memory clock 166MHz El Save error details Save in JC SProgram FilessLeCroy LeCroy SATA Protocol SuitesLI sersE rors detail st i Append error details Idle Humber OF Run Each Test RunAl Tests Sequentially Start Clock Check Clase Figure 3 133 SATA Self Test Dialog Clock Tab Test Result OK or Error If a test is OK and you specified one run the Test Result is OK 1 times If a test has an error and you specified one run the Test Result is Error 1 times Saving You can save any check result by checking the Save error details check box and specifying a destination file name 202 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation Numb
168. ffic changes From Init Smart Hold Yes Ports are Ready to Run Scenario None OOB Setting Normal Spec Value y SN 12880008 SAS 6G_TL3 9 Ba SAS BG TL3 3 Bad SCSI fer length in Cmd fr SAS 6G_LL3 14 SAS frame after DONE no cr Ny SN 12880008 SAS 6G_TL3 9 Ba e nd Global Rules I test 17 DEVICE write Failed Device 15 DEVICE Buffer Underrun Device 20 DEVICE Verify Soft Reset Recovery Inject Disparity Errorl Inject Disparity Error lt empty gt Click here to add an event Click here to add a sequence gt UM Gl Gi 89 Gi Gi Cit Cl Gi Ci Y 4 b For Help press F1 Main Library Device Library SN 12880008 CAP INUM SCR version 3 00 Build 12 Figure 4 6 New Scenario in InFusion Window Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 229 LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios InFusion Scenario Parameters Timers Timers allowed per state sequence scenario 2 timers per state and 6 timers per scenario are allowed Events Events allowed to be used per state sequence scenario For combined events there is virtually no limit per state sequence scenario Actions Actions allowed per state sequence scenario A maximum of 8 actions per state 2048 actions per sequence 8 256 state 4104 actions per scenario 2 2048 8 more in the Global Rules state Monitors Monitors allowed to be used per state sequence scenario InFusion can keep an account of
169. gic of Sequence 0 State Wait for Align 0 Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 2 Wait for Align 3 Indicate Error Description When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise replace primitive with Align 1 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise replace primitive with Align 2 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise replace primitive with Align 3 and go to Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As in previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 LeCroy Corporation 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Fix Aligns Test File Library c a X Scenario Name Fix Alis Test Description Detect incorrect order of Aligns FIX IT and beep when it happens 4 Sequencers ex A Align T est Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence a Wait for Align Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event
170. gt Dword Matcher z FIS Frame FIS Type z Frame Type z Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G Fl O08 C COMINIT Complete COMINIT Detected COMSAS Complete COMSAS Detected COMWAKE Complete COMWAKE Detected OOB Signal B Primitives a Primitive Group 545 Primitive SATA Primitive w Running Disparity Error 5A5 Data Pattern a SMP Frame E SNW i m Final Sh Properties Type Description Count Randomly Counter Value Direction FO AddressFrameT ype value 4 Bits FQ amp ddressFrameT ype Mask Fl DeviceType Value 3 Bits F1 DeviceType Mask F2 Reserved Value 1 Bit F2 Reserved Mask F3 REASON Value 4 Bits F3 REASON Mask F4 Reserved Value 4 Bits F4 Reserved Mask F5 Restricted value 1 Bit F5 Restricted Mask Fb SMPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit Fe SMPinitiatorPort M ask Fr STPinitiatarPart Value 1 Bit FF STPinttiatorPort Mask F8 55PinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit F8 55PinitiatorPort Mask FY Reserved Value 4 Bits F3 Reserved Mask FIO Restricted Value 1 Bit FIO Restricted Mask F11 SMPtargetPort value 1 Bit F11 SMPtargetPort Mask F12 STPtargetPort Value 1 Bit F12 STPtargetPart Mask F13 amp 5PtargetPort Value 1 Bit F13 S5PtargetPart Mask Fl4 Reserved Value 4 Bits F14 Reserved Mask F15 DeviceMame Value 64 Bits F15 DeviceN ame M ask FI6 SAS address Value E4 Bits F16 SAS address Mask Fl PhylD Value 8 Bits Fl PhylD Mas
171. gure 4 15 Capture Data DWORD Action Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions LeCroy Corporation Using Captured Data DWORDs Captured data DWORDS can be used in creating events for data that match the captured DWORD s or in creating actions to substitute the captured DWORD s into the data stream To create an event using the captured DWORD in the Event Properties menu select SAS Data Pattern or SATA Data Pattern and then select any of the 12 DWORDs DWORD 0 Type through DWORD 11 Type The drop down menu provides the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORDs If you select a captured DWORD the Value field beneath this selection is hidden the Value field is only used for specifying custom DWORDs Note that choice of a mask and an offset are still available when using captured DWORDs HE Event Properties Ir Type Properties k ATA Command Frame Type Event l H ATAPI Description Bath Links Up Count Randomly No 2 CRC Error Counter Value 1 Dword Matcher Direction From Initiator Z FIS Frame Start of Frame SOF x FIS Type E Condition O zs Frame Type Dward 0 Type Custom Diward Z Invalid 10bit code Error Dword O Value Custom Dword Links Speed 3G Dinard 0 Maske Captured Dword 0 Links Speed 6G Daada OF Captured D word 1 OB Signal e Captured Dweord 2 E Primitives E Condition 1 Captured Dword 3 i Primitive Grou eve 1 1 ype Custom Dword uu
172. h dword onwards 11th payload dword and preceding dwords are not accessible for change capture 230 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios LeCroy Corporation You can not change a state based on back to back events At 6G speed there should be at least one dword between the triggering event of two consecutive states At other speeds back to back dword state transitions might rarely be missed so best practice is to never assume back to back dword events As described later in this chapter you can create any number of scenarios and store them in libraries on the PC hard drive Scenario library files names are in the following format lt filename gt infdb Creating InFusion scenarios is easy but it requires an understanding of the following terms defined in Table 1 TABLE 4 1 Key Scenario Terms Term Definition Action InFusion response to an event Event Condition that is detectable by InFusion Combined Event Logical OR association of events for example event A OR event B Global Rules Portion of a scenario that can define a single InFusion test state You can think of the Global Rules and each sequence as a separate test routine or program operating within the scenario Each operates independently and in parallel with the others The purpose of each is to detect events and then respond with the appropriate action or set of actions In essence you can operate up to three test states simu
173. he Analyzer hardware To operate without hardware select Hardware Not Installed Simulation Mode in the Device Selection dialog box and click OK The Analyzer software launches and displays the appropriate tool bar but with the limitation that the Analyzer operates only on static previously captured bus data Limitations Simulation Mode lets you try all of the available functions but the system is not capturing any real data and is displaying only pre captured results Using the Software Depending on the software license s purchased with the unit the Sierra M6 1 has SAS and SATA protocol capability or has SATA only Use the SAS Protocol Suite or SATA Protocol Suite applications respectively The LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite can be a Q Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode requires license allows you to program custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers See Protocol Analysis on page 31 The LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite can be a Q Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode requires license allows you to program custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers See Protocol Analysis on page 31 Protocol Analyzer To use the software for protocol analysis first select File gt New gt Protocol A
174. here to add another action gt Label 2 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 2 THEN lt Click here to add another action gt Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Chick here to add another action gt Label 3 ELSE lt Click here to add another action Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another action gt END IF 278 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation Goto Label Goes to specified label Labels can be assigned to each script line Format Goto Label3 Parameters None Example Label3 WaitForStop 0x83456 2 100 Run ox01267 Inject CRCOOO 4 Goto Label Note You can use a Label and a Goto Label to make loops First make the label then make Goto Label The Command Parameters window shows only enabled Labels Labels are disabled by default and are in gray color To enable them click them to make purple color E Command Parameters Run IflsStop Beep WaitForStop Stop Disabled E aba Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Click here to add another script command Run S N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR h Enabled Click here to add another script command Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another script command gt Goto Label 2 lt Click here to add another script command gt Label 1 ELSE Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Click here to add another script co
175. hile the HOLD propagates The port drops all incoming HOLDA conditions so HOLDAs are never put in the FIFOs or made visible to the sequencers After this the port that had been receiving the HOLD stops sending HOLDA and attempts to read data from the FIFO The termination of HOLD propagates through the bus engine and then causes the other device to restart transmission which puts data into the FIFO Note If both sides send HOLD primitives that overlap the receivers drop the HOLD conditions to avoid overflowing the FIFOs If you turn off the Smart Hold option the port does not send HOLDA when it detects a HOLD primitivew during a SATA frame Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 237 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Events Scenario Events A scenario is a script you create using simple mouse clicks and text entries As you work the script takes shape in the scenario area of the application display You can think of the scenario area itself as consisting of two subareas A Global Rules area at the top where you create the Global Rules and a Sequence area beneath the Global Rules where you create any sequences Whether you are creating Global Rules or a Sequence the menu driven interface prompts you to specify the event s for which you want to trigger actions ES Type p Address Frame Analyzer Trigger Ar Dword ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up z CRE Error
176. i c 189 Pertormance Report SAA Ea cU IUE Ea EE E o RM ER M CDL AEA E TEAM EIE 190 FIS Report SATA nad il eee opu 191 Queue Command Report SATA oia ia 191 PM Statistic Report SATA Luto Eo Dudes ees in vb es ba cum Oe pe Fue Ce cuve he Sos coe ec i Su dee eoe iaa Deb a 192 PM Performance Report SATA nai A cea RET Fe Fuego cs Uu 192 Read Write Command Report SATA 1 eeeseeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnn nnn n nnn n nnn nnn nnn nnn nnne nnn nnn nnn nnn 193 Statistical Report Toolbar aaa ia 193 Export as Microsott Excel leia A 194 Sav 3S TOMO a aa 194 Print Statistical Repo dui 194 PINE PROVICW Pete 195 Report Display SellliligS aura iii 196 8 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation Link WINS ample Vie Wisin iaa 197 Formatting the Statistical Report VieW ooocconcconcocccoccccccconcocncnnccnnnennrnnncnnrcnnrnnncnannnnrnanenanenans 198 Filtering Column dori Tr oec ads 198 Sorting COMMA CODfenbL uiu rc conia acte a Co rera EY coc eiae su Pup s UOE FCD va ur VEDR Eee Ulo RE M EUN CFM EE 200 mlileilsre E ere i Itt 200 Data REDO EE cT 201 Foro 202 IIIS OTI ELICIT IUIUS ENIMS 202 COG 1 dite c 203 Test Result OK OF EMO aaa aaa 203 SAVING AO 203 NUMbDer o RUNS Each Test sida 204 RUA Tests Sequentally ies duin abad de Di 204 Memory CHECK vasvsconwachendcevas aea a iE E a EE E EE a Veet Ea CM VAT Va uM MS 204 Seres Neck ii 205 CFOSSDOING C
177. i x General Sample viewer Spread Sheet view Fel jer View Field List View M Display pre filtered cells as blanks in column view v Show Warning In Search Primitives In Column view Column view Packet Size 500000 Rows Column view Memory Size 9375 KB Set as Factory OK Cancel Figure 3 79 SAS Software Settings Dialog Column View Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 165 LeCroy Corporation Spread Sheet View Tab Other Display pre filtered cells as blank in column view The software shows pre filtered data already filtered in the capture project as blank cells Otherwise it will show them as ore filtered cells Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View If searching in Column View takes a long time the software asks if you want to continue search Otherwise the software continues searching with no pause Column View Packet Size Specifies the allocated buffer for showing rows of a packet in Column View When you see Too Large in a Column View cell the current allocated buffer is not enough and you should increase it by changing this setting Column View Memory Size Displays the memory buffer Field List View Tab Software Settings X General Sample viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Field List View Update Field List based on Mode of Frame Fields list C Transport La Applicat
178. iance Test SATA The Digital Test Group has Q General Device Requirements GTR 01 through GTR 05 Native Command Queuing NCQ 01 through NCQ 05 Asynchronous Signal Recovery ASR 01 and ASR 02 Software Settings Preservation SSP 01 through SSP 12 Interface Power Management IPM 01 through IPM 11 a Digital Optional Features DOF 01 and DOF 02 The PHY Test Group has tests OOB 03 through OOB 07 OCDOO O 2 Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and click the Add gt gt button 3 Enter a value for Capture Timeout Note If test running time exceeds the Capture Timeout value the test terminates Enter the Device Name 5 Select the UTD Version as UTD 1 3 for devices supporting up to SATA 2 6 specification or UTD 1 4 for devices supporting up to SATA 3 0 specification 6 Select the Compliance Type as Host or Device 7 Select the Device Type as ATA or ATAPI 8 When testing SSD devices select the SSD Drive checkbox to ensure correct test results 9 To view failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into STX trace viewer check box 10 To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box 11 Enter a path and file name for the Compliance Report file or use the default file name and path C Program Files LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite User Compliance_Device1 rtf 12 Enter a path and file name for the Saved Traces or use the d
179. ice O Ask if want to connect to the device Q Take no action If Automatically connect to the device is selected the next time the application opens the device will be automatically connected In the Select Device dialog chained or cascaded units are displayed in the Device column with a square bracket icon The sequence of the units is displayed in the Order column See the following screen capture Select Device E x m Device MM Dev Name Location j Statuz Order or Set Alias Name Sierra Mb 2 SN 61658 P5G QA Mb5 2 Local Machine Ready to connect Unit 1 y Di Add Device i IP Settings L ierra Mb 45N 62342 Masis_M6 4 Selected Device Id 0x00104C00F 26 a 4 Networks Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 16 Select Device Dialog Displaying Unit 1 and Unit 2 Chained Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 25 LeCroy Corporation Launching Your Analyzer 26 Note When using STX Sync cards you need to manually specify the order of the chained units To match your unit sequence to the address for each unit in the Select Device dialog click the pull down tab under the Order heading on the right side and select unit numbers 1 for Unit 1 2 for Unit 2 and so on This determines the order in which the cascaded ports appear in the trace When using the CATC Sync cards the order is automatically detected IMPO
180. ice to which you want to download a scenario or scenarios You can open the device library in two ways by clicking the Device Library icon in the device list window or by double clicking the device name Copy the scenario from general library to device library by dragging it with the mouse Download all scenarios in the device library to the InFusion device To do so click the Download all Scenarios button on the Device Library toolbar second button from left Running Scenarios If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of executing a scenario is as follows 1 2 Select the scenario to run by clicking it To run the scenario click the Run Scenario button on the Device Library toolbar second button from the right The InFusion device then begins its session Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 273 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files Scenario Batch Files You can write a script with commands to run a sequence of executable scenarios automatically A Scenario Batch file is a text file with a list of commands to run in sequence when you execute the file A batch script can manage scenarios and their assigned ports and hardware in sequence using conditions The system checks for accuracy of inputs and commands Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box gs Mew Batch To start a batch script
181. ide Single Port is selected you can click on one port button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port at a time 106 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Show Hide Multiple Ports If Show Hide Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Click on multiple ports to show or hide them n TI 12 T2 13 T3 Figure 3 12 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar m or Fe 02 He 03 Figure 3 13 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing Show or Hide see Figure 3 9 Show Hide Field You can simplify the Viewer display by hiding some fields You can hide the Duration Relative Time External Signals and Packet number fields by right clicking the corresponding field title and choosing Hide Field Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Copy Frame Expand All Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto k Figure 3 14 Hide Field To restore a field to the display right click a Port ID field and choose the hidden field to restore Bookmark Hide Field Copy Frame External Signals State Date Reserved AS A Figure 3 15 Show Field Note Only the fields previously hidden appear in the restore list Sierra M6 1
182. ierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format k Byte Order k Open as data view Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Copy Data Copy Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto d Figure 3 22 Expand All To collapse all fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All Field List View Whenever an additional view such as Text View displays you can display a Field List View which displays field information in a list format The information of this view is shown in the Packet View under the Transport layer Expand the Info Unit then expand the Sense Data refer to the screen capture below To open a Field List View of the current capture select View Field List View or click the Note This icon will appear in the top tool bar only if the spreadsheet view is displayed button on the View Type toolbar SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest 545 Addr H Hashed Sre SAS Addr H Changing Data Pointer H 35558 OxO7 Response O4D03E9 a ReTran mit H Retry Data Frames H TLR CONTROL H Mum of Fill Bytes H Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H Data Offset H 5E10 0090 Into Unit H Retry Delay Timer H Data Present Sense Data Len rH 000g xz2 Sense Data 0x02 Check Condition Resp Data Len tH Sense Data 0 Bytes CRC H Handshake a Duration 0000 BF 03 0002 00 00 00 00 81 FF
183. iew the completion status of any command which is especially useful in addressing system level debug challenges Features 14 6 Gb s SAS SATA protocol analysis or error injection Native PHY for fast lock time Easy mode triggering Cascade up to 8 ports Sync with LeCroy Sierra and STX family products Hardware filtering Automatic error detection Comprehensive decoding of SAS and SATA data traffic Logical and chronological traffic displays Statistical reporting Trace memory of 2 GB GbE amp USB 2 0 host interfaces Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets TX Vout on transmitters for test and characterization CATC API OCOCODODODDOoDo OC O O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Receiving Your Analyzer LeCroy Corporation Receiving Your Analyzer The analyzer package includes the following components O LDLIDLDULDLDLU 1 Sierra M6 1 Analyzer identified in the packing list 1 USB A B 2 0 cable 1 8 meter 1 Ethernet cable 10 feet 2 SATA cables 0 5 meter 2 SATA cables 0 15 meter 1 Sync cable 10 pin 6 inch 1 DC power pack and cord 1 Installation CD ROM with software and documentation 1 Sierra M6 1 Quick Start manual Unpacking the Analyzer Inspect the received shipping container for any damage Unpack the container and account for each of the system components listed on the accompanying packing list Visually inspect each component for
184. igure 3 125 SAS Custom Filter Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 197 LeCroy Corporation Formatting the Statistical Report View FIS Type Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate Figure 3 126 SATA FIS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display Custom Filter E Show selected items DMA Activate DMA Setup Data PIO Setup Register Device to Host Register Host to Device Set Device Bits C Show conditional items Equal to y fo res Figure 3 127 SATA Custom Filter Check the items to display and click OK 198 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Formatting the Statistical Report View LeCroy Corporation Sorting Column Content To sort column content click the heading for that column Repeated clicking of the column heading sorts the column in ascending or descending order Type A Direction Duration Count A y y All y lw Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 SMP Frame T gt 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SSP Frame T gt 1 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SSP Frame I T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 STP Frame T 1 85 89333344 us 34 14 05 STP Frame I gt T 7 03999996 us 17 7 02 0 00015528 242 100 00 Type vi Direction Duration Count EPA All y I All ivi aj STP Frame I gt T 7 03999996 us 17 7 02 STP Frame T 1 8S 89333344 us 34 14 05 SSP F
185. in the order that they were entered under the Trigger category When the project runs the analyzer detects the occurrence of each pattern in order and triggers on the last one You can re order the sequence of triggering patterns To change the sequence order highlight a trigger pattern and use the Up or Down arrow to move it to a new position Y Include RADY 2 AJ Trigger On Sequential m P Other Triggers External Trig Positive Edge amp P Symbol K28 3 amp P Timer 1 Mili Seconds de P Primitive BROADCAST RESERVED 1 amp P Symbol K28 3 B V Settings e Remove Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Space 200 KB Q Primitive Response Timeout 20 DWORD Run Pattern Generator Off rpi Enable 10 8 Decoding Enable de scrambling Figure 2 62 Triggering Order Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 81 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 82 Pre Trigger You can set the amount of data to capture before and after the trigger as a percentage of pre trigger between 1 and 99 Position the pre trigger slider to a percentage This feature allows the evaluation of bus activity leading up to and after the triggering event Figure 2 63 illustrates the operation of pre trigger in data memory Pre trigger data is capture of the specified percentage of data prior to the triggering event It cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur when the triggering event
186. ing Views LeCroy Corporation Primitives To include Primitives check the Primitive check box click the down arrow on the Primitive list box and choose a Primitive User Defined e Primitive AIP NORMAL AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL ALIGN D Or Cancel Figure 3 32 SAS Choosing a Primitive User Defined X Primitive Figure 3 33 SATA Choosing a Primitive Check a Connection Type option radio button if available and click OK Zoom You can Zoom from x1 to x256 Bus Utilization View The Bus Utilization View displays information on pending IO To display the Bus Utilization View of the current capture click View Bus Utilization View or click the d button on the View Type toolbar Pending IOs IOs 4 gt Figure 3 34 SAS Bus Utilization View for Pending SCSI IO Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 117 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Md m un o wu o es cn a Ge o oa pp e eN N N co y O D 4 Pending ATA IO 6 066 400 6 066 800 6 067 200 6 067 600 6 068 000 6 068 400 6 068 800 6 069 200 6 069 600 6 070 000 6 070 400 6 070 800 Figure 3 35 SATA Bus Utilization View for Pending ATA lO Available Bus Utilization Views are n n Pending SCSI IO for SAS Pending ATA IO for SATA Hovering the mouse ove
187. ion Both Payload Field length 20 Bytes vw Show Field List as embedded in frame spreadsheet views show Field List in column view Text view C Spread Sheet view Setas Factory CE Cancel Figure 3 80 SAS Software Settings Dialog Field List View Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options For additonal informtaion on Field List View refer to Field List View on page 111 Update Filed List based on Text view The software updates the contents of the Field List based on the current Text View Spreadsheet view The software updates the contents of the Field List based on the current Spreadsheet View 166 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sampling Memory Usage Optimization LeCroy Corporation Mode of frame field list Other Transport Shows decoding of transport layer Application Shows decoding of Application layer Both Shows decoding of both transport and application layers Payload field length Specifies the number of bytes that are shown in the field list for payload fields Show Field List as embedded In frame spreadsheet views The Field List is embedded in frame spreadsheet views Otherwise it will open as a separated view Show Field List in Column View The software embeds the Field List in the column Otherwise the Field List is not in Column View Sampling Memory Usage Optimization The Software Settings dialog has a Sampling M
188. ipt Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 219 LeCroy Corporation Running Verification Script Engine VSE 220 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Overview The LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems InFusion can sit unobtrusively in the data path on a live system to programmatically alter or corrupt traffic InFusion is the ideal tool for stress testing systems using actual workloads d LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier File View Configuration Tools Help Main Library Device Library SN 12880008 AS t mE 09 40 38 628 000 000 SN 12880008 Device Joined 09 40 48 972 000 000 SN 12880008 Device connected For Help press F1 Z Figure 4 1 InFusion Windows InFusion supports SAS SSP SMP STP and SATA based protocols operating across a single SAS or SATA link up to 6 G InFusion monitors traffic from both directions
189. ipt command 217 Verification Script Engine Reference Manual 217 View Field option 120 View menu InFusion 224 View Setting button 128 View Type Toolbar 125 View Type toolbar 103 Viewer 28 99 Viewer Setting toolbar 128 Viewer Settings 156 views 28 switching 102 Visible box 155 W WaitForStop statement 281 walking bit pattern 96 Waveform Display 28 waveform display 119 web site 289 Website CATC 289 Windows default 162 Wrap Packet box 156 wrap packets in results display 128 Z Zoom In results display 128 Zoom Out results display 128 298 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
190. is Project To run an example project Select File gt Open Locate example analysis projects by looking in the Examples folder Examples are available for AdvanceCaptr EasyCaptr Exerciser PatternGenerator Samples Target Emulator and User Define Decoding Script 3 Inthe EasyCaptr folder choose an example sac file and click Open to display the example project dialog open ts Look in C EasyCaptr t eK Ed ATAPI MMC Trig sac ATAPI SSC Trig sac BusConditionTrig sac DataPatternCapture sac Pre TrigCaptureAndPost TrigCapture sac SequentialTrig sac File name BusConditionT rig sac Files of type Protocol Analyzer sac Y Cancel i Figure 2 12 File Open Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 43 LeCroy Corporation Projects 44 Capture Trigger Settings Notes C Don t care Snapshot C Manual Trig m m Patter Parameters Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame Define Sequential Trigger Mode B Easy switch to Advanced mode Project Tree BusConditionT rig 2 Capture Y Include lt lt Y Include SATA SYNC Y Include SATA CONT Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame p SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type 4 SMP Frame Type Any SMP Frame Type Y Function Any Function Y Direction 11 T1 8 SSP Frame Any Type
191. isplay the Spreadsheet View of the current capture click View Spreadsheet View or click the H button on the View Type toolbar la x Time Stamp Relative Time erc SAS Address Dest 3435 Address PPT 1 24 697 690 040 min O ns 4 Ta COMM 35 07 2 5 33 min O ns COMINIT O ns COMINIT COMINIT alo Ox90 Execute Device Diagnostic On90 Execute Device Diagnostic UxeEl Identity Uewice D UxEL identity Uewice UmeEL Identity Uewice S208 ts oe FISZT HeD Rego xES Check Power Mode la pe Fic 2d DH Ran Ses hak Poo hd i Figure 3 27 SATA Spreadsheet View Right click a column heading to go to Software Settings make all columns the same width choose Time Stamp Format or Goto a position Right click a column heading to Hide or Show the column To show the same columns permanently select Configuration gt Software Settings gt Sample Viewer gt As Previous Saved Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 113 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Right click the column to Add Bookmark or Edit Bookmark Set Time Stamp Origin go to Software Settings choose Time Stamp Format Change Background or Foreground Color or Goto a position Note You can double click a data frame to display the data payload view The Status column can show ABRT and UNC status Save As Text Excel Select File gt Save As Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog
192. ist view 111 Field Settings 155 file library 233 File Manager 233 File menu InFusion 224 file type definition 42 filter 132 by tag number 139 check condition 139 options 137 save setup 135 type 134 filter enable 142 filter idle 125 143 filtering 132 direction 134 filtering column content 198 Filtering menu 132 Find Device 210 Find Device button 211 FIS Pattern dialog 56 72 78 FIS Patterns dialog 52 FIS Report 191 FIS Type dialog 55 77 FIS types 57 Fit to Graph Area 118 Floating License dialog 169 Found Device List Mode 162 FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip 205 frames hide 115 From Initiator 235 From Target 235 full screen results display 128 G general report 180 Gigabit Ethernet interface 21 Global Rules 231 examples 247 Go to ATA SCSI Cmd 118 Go To button 125 Go To Timestamp dialog 144 Goto Command 108 Goto Label statement 279 Goto Response 108 Goto Within Packet command 108 grouping by port 86 293 LeCroy Corporation Index H hardware run 35 hardware setup 17 Help Topics 176 Hide All Primitives 125 Hide RRDY Primitives 125 Hide Unassociated Traffic 125 Histogram View 28 histogram view 114 hub 21 IfisStopped statement 278 InFusion 28 221 InFusion scenarios 229 Install component selection 17 Installation CD ROM 15 installing the analyzer 17 Inter FPGA Connection 207 IP address 21 IP Settings 24 IP Setup 173 IP Setup dialog 173 J Jammer 228 Jump to Next button 197
193. k F18 BreakHeplyCapable Value 1 Bit F18 BreakHepluCapable M ask F19 HequestedlnsidezPSD5 value 1 Bit F13 Requestedinside PS05 Mask F20 Inside PSDS persistent Value 1 Bit F20 Inside PSD Spersistent Mask F21 Reserved Value b Bits Fel Reserved Mask F22 Reserved Value 48 Bits L dm L Event No 1 From Initiator O00 IDENTIFY T F O 00 Reserved O00 Unknown reason 0x00 indicates that an SMP initiator port is not present O 00 indicates that an STP initiator part is nat present 0x00 indicates that an SSF initiator port is nat present O 00 indicates that an SMP target port is not present 0x00 indicates that an STP target port is not present 0x00 indicates that an SSP target port is not present OOOOOOOO00000000 OOOOOOOOO0000000 QOOOOOOO00000000 OOOOOOOOO000000 OoOOOoO000000 FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits Format Hex Indicates the type af address frame Figure 4 13 Event Properties Dialog 238 x ina E Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events LeCroy Corporation Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual While many events are line conditions an event also can be a condition that occurs within a InFusion device for example detection of a trigger signal from another device The following table lists supported events Note that some events are applicable only in the context of creating sequences those e
194. k the left mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Positioning the Y Cursor To position the Y cursor within the viewer data display click the right mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Note You can also left click to set the X cursor and right click to set the Y cursor in the Frame and Column View by clicking in the narrow strip on the very left side of a cell Similarly you can set the cursors in the Waveform View by left and right clicking at the beginning of a waveform Time Time differences between the cursors are displayed in the Cursor Position toolbar To display the cursor position toolbar select Toolbar from the view menu and choose Cursor Position x to Y Ons xto T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 55 Cursor Position Toolbar Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 143 LeCroy Corporation Using the Cursors and Bookmarks Locate Cursors To quickly locate any cursor within the data viewer display click the Go To button and choose the cursor to locate You can also locate a cursor by selecting Go To from the Edit menu and choosing the cursor to locate Y Trigger Position x Position Y Position Packet No Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 56 Locate Cursor Go to Time Stamp 144 To locate a timestamp click the Go To button and
195. ked by an arrow and other fields Right click in the field select Byte Order and choose the ordering Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format MER Left Align LSB lt gt MSB a Right Align MSB z LSB Copy Data s Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto k Figure 3 19 Byte Order Note A blue arrow in the byte order field indicates that it has been changed Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 109 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Choose Data Format You can display data values either in hexadecimal default or binary To choose data format right click the mouse over a data field and choose Format and the format Bookmark Show Field k Hide Field Byte deder k Hexadecimal Binary Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Figure 3 20 Format Show All Data 110 To display all captured data click the data expand toggle arrow in a data field to examine the data in detail Data expand toggle ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes PM Port H 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 0050 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0060 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO OO OO OO OO 00 00 00 00 00 zi Figure 3 21 Show All Data You can expand or collapse all data fields globally To expand all data fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All see Figure 3 22 on page 111 S
196. l Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame SCSI Command Data Pattern Protocol Errors O DO DL D DL D D D D D D D D D UU Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 63 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 64 The SATA Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive FIS FIS Pattern ATA Command ATA Command Pattern ATAPI Soft Reset Data Pattern Protocol Errors O O CDOODODODODDO Doo Oo CU Note In packet view you can right click on any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture to make it a trigger pattern Choosing a Parameter Either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog To remove an item highlight it in the Project Tree then click the lt lt Remove button Triggering on a Timer Selecting a timer for a trigger in the Any Trigger Mode limits the time that the analyzer looks for selected triggering conditions before triggering The timer activates when the Project runs If none of the selected triggering conditions occurs during the timer s active time the Analyzer triggers at the end of the time set for the timer You can set a timer independently of any other trigger selection to cause an unconditional trigger after a set time To set the timer
197. lator and InFusion pd Available Functionality by Setup and Licensed Features Function Total Ports Analyzer B 0 Assigned To Ports Not Used Device Emulator B o B EM Infusion B o B Current License Configuration Type Serial Num Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator Infusion Simulation SM 00 Fi HE Default Licenses Close Figure 3 81 Floating License Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 169 LeCroy Corporation External Trig Setting External Trig Setting The External Trig Setting dialog displays the External Trig Out Setting and External Trig In Setting as High Active Low Active or Toggle External Trig Setting h X External Trig In Type High Active External Trig Cut Setting Type High Active C Low Active C Toggle External Trig uk pulse width 1 x 66 ns Low Active Toggle ce Figure 3 82 External Trigger Setting Dialog To display the External Trig Setting dialog select Configuration External Trig Setting External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Se
198. les folder Sample subfolder sde Device Emulator file in the System folder Compliance subfolder sfl Filter configuration file spg Single role Pattern Generator file in the Examples folder SAS PatternGenerator Single role spg files subfolder and SATA PatternGenerator Single Role subfolder Single role means the file is for a Device or Host ssh SAS Search configuration File stc SATA Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders std Target Emulator file in the Examples folder Target Emulator subfolder sts SATA Sample file in the SATA Examples folder Sample subfolder tsh SATA Search configuration file WSS SAS Workspace file in the SAS System folder Predefined Workspace subfolder wst SATA Workspace file in the SATA System folder PreDefined Workspace subfolder Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation Example Projects The Analyzer includes example projects that you can use to perform an immediate analysis without any setup The Analyzer system software has a pre defined folder directory structure for storing all files All example files are in the Examples folder under the Sierra M6 1 folder It is strongly recommended that you open some example files to see types of projects that you can create Run an Example Analys
199. ll IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Save Load Cancel Figure 3 54 SAS SAS Address Filtering before and after Using Pair SAS Addresses Note If you enable pair SAS addresses the source destination SAS addresses options are disabled and filtering on them is ignored at filtering time If you disable pair SAS addresses the pair SAS address option is disabled and filtering on it is ignored at filtering time Selectable Filter Options for SATA The SATA filter options are Bus Condition Incomplete Frames FIS ATA Command Protocol Error Port ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Idle O DOOOCOO O O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 141 LeCroy Corporation Filtering Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Sample Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Sample Viewer FIS When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured FIS items in the Sample Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Sample Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured
200. ltaneously within InFusion Sequence Portion of a scenario that can define multiple InFusion test states More flexible than the Global Rules a sequence allows more powerful scenarios that include branching and looping between test states Global Rules can define only a single test state so there is no branching State Behavior of the Global Rules or a sequence at any point in time In terms of InFusion testing behavior is waiting for a set of events and responding with a set of actions Global Rules Global Rules are a portion of the scenario that can define only one test state To create the Global Rules you use the menu driven interface to enter an event or combined event and the corresponding action or set of actions the response of InFusion hardware to the event In the case of a combined event the action is taken upon occurrence of any of the events stated for the event combination It is a logical OR association meaning any of the events can trigger the action After you enter the event or combined event the interface prompts you for actions An action might be for example injecting a particular primitive or error into the traffic stream You can enter multiple actions which take place simultaneously Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 231 LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios After defining the event and actions within the Global Rule area you can save the scenario and download it to a
201. lude a project note Notes tab DLIODLDLULD 36 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Saving a Trace Capture LeCroy Corporation Saving a Trace Capture You can save a Trace Capture for review at a later time using the Save As dialog Fe le Samplesegl scs My Recent Documents Desk ho p My Documents PE e My Computer e Mo Network File name Save as type Sample File sc Cancel All Samples C From T Cursor To T Cursor C From Mo fi To us C Bookmark From Tia E Save Filtered Sample F amp pply Show Hide Link Setting Figure 2 6 Save As Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save QO All Samples a range between selected cursors a range between selected Idle link commands range between bookmarks ODO O Save Filtered Sample checkbox saves a trace file without filtered data You can Apply Show Hide Link Setting Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 37 LeCroy Corporation Saving a Trace Capture You can Save As Text Excel Save As Text Savein C User My Recent Documents Dezkto p El LogFilesync txt My Documents a hy Computer ce hy Network File name Hew Text Files tet M Save as type Save s Range C AllPacketz From T Curzor To T Cursor T C Bookmark Fram Ta Figure 2 7 Save As Text Dialog
202. lumns LDLLLDLDLDLDLULDLU Time Stamp OpCode Command LBA Sector Count Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Completion Time Count All Custom or a number Basr elts 1 gt PT General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Time Stamp All 7 086 733 ms 36 192 829 79 374 199 97 538 506 103 870 239 122 003 601 138 406 189 145 384 949 ms ms OpCode Command All Read DMA Ext Read DMA Ext Read DMA Ext Read DMA Ext Read DMA Ext Read DMA Ext Write DMA Ext Write DMA Ext LBA All 0x3e91089 0x2061be0 Ox20cO3dd 0x32218f2 0x3a43e32 0x30F9949 0x1d8901f 0x98739b Sector Count All 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 gt al 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 Figure 3 120 SATA Read Write Command Report Statistical Report Toolbar Payload size Status Al vj Al E Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Move X Cursor v R o c Completion Time 23 616 920 47 ms 24 622 480 39 ms 5 968 813 51 ms 16 218 040 47 ms 18 062 200 55 ms 16 309 919 36 ms 6 931 439 88 ms 7 563 37357 ms es url pur pro po CO The Statistical Report toolbar provides the following functions accessible by buttons on the toolbar a OCOOO O Export to Excel Save as Text Print Report Prin
203. lyzer Analyzer Overview The Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer is a portable single port system that can function as a protocol analyzer or as an error injector The SAS analyzer software performs serial bus analysis for Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers as well as Serial ATA SATA data transfers through STP data transfers The SATA analyzer software performs serial bus analysis for Serial ATA SATA data transfers The Analyzer can operate at 1 5 3 or 6 Gb s data rates and has 2 GB or 4 GB of recording memory The Analyzer supports capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets The Analyzer provides for bi directional trigger and capture of commands primitives patterns and all bus conditions You can capture all frames and or exclude traffic You can trigger manually or trigger on a specific event Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 13 LeCroy Corporation Features The Analyzer has a USB port and a GbE Ethernet port to connect to a PC which serves as the host for analysis or error injection software The versatile GbE port can be used for either local or remote network connectivity Sierra M6 1 Analyzers can be linked together in cascaded configurations to provide additional recording channel capacity or used in tandem to combine simultaneous error injection and trace capture analysis capabilities requires two Sierra M6 1 units one protocol analyzer model
204. mes 0x5000E 85000000001 gt OxE 94 E 8E CISSP Frames J0x5000C50000103D91 SSP Frames 0x5000E 85000000001 gt 0x5000050000103D91 SMP Frames J0x50060560000003C4 SMP Frames 0x5000C500001 03D 91 gt 0x5000E 85000000001 STP Frames STP Frames 0x5000C500001 03091 gt 0 500062B 000001 074 8CSI Commands 18C5l Commands v 0x5000628 000001 074 gt 050060560000003C5 8MP Commands OSMP Commands 0x5000626 000001 074 Q 5000C 50000104785 Task Management Functions Task Management Functions 0x5000628000001074 gt 0x5000C50000103D91 amp T Commands GATA Commands 0x500062B 000001 074 gt 050060560000003C4 SCSI Command Status 18C8I Command Status MM Source SAS Address Source SAS Address M Destination SAS Address Destination 5 amp 5 Address Pair SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error Protocol Error STP Port STP Port Tag Tag CIATAPI SCSI Command JAT PI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Filter Type m Filter Type e Hide a Show d Filter Idle fv Hide C Show Filter Idle Parts Filter Logic Parts Filter Logic Multi Level Filtering V A pa Multi Level Filtering v v AND Related It 11 12 D Related Items Use Pair SAS Addresses Iv li iv 12 AND Related Items V Use Pair SAS Addresses T vr OF V T1 Iv T2 f OR Reset All Check All v Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Reset All Check A
205. mmand gt Goto Label 0 lt Click here to add another script command gt END IF Label2 Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Click here to add another script command Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 279 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files Run Runs the scenario on hardware on specified ports If you call this command for the first time and the scenario was not assigned to the hardware and ports before the scenario is assigned to specified hardware and ports and then scenario runs on the hardware Format Run Serial Number Scenario Name Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware Q Scenario Name Name of scenario Q Target Port Port number in port map Example Run ox841200 Substitute address frame 4 Beep 800 400 Rum Ooxs4 1200 CRC Infect Play CD 8 WalZeFOrslop 0x63463 1 150 Run ox841200 Remove Send Cue Sheet 2 Goto Label6 Rum AS NS Aves Port La DISCOVER Note If the selected ports are busy scenario cannot run and the command will be skipped The result will be written in Log area Stop Stops running scenario by hardware and port name Format Stop Serial Number Target Port Parameters Serial Number Serial number of hardware e Target Port Port number in port map Example Run ox00920 Inject CROODOTU 2 Beep 700 500 STOP OxO0S20 2 Goto Label3 Label3 Run toxU05007 Detect DATA 3 Sleep 40
206. mory to allow recording to use the whole memory to capture the maximum amount of trace data Minimum size of memory is 2 GB Maximum size of memory is 16 GB Partial Memory To reduce the memory size check Partial Memory and enter a buffer size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes Note If the size of a data packet exceeds the buffer memory allocation the project runs but no data capture occurs You must increase buffer memory size to a value greater than the packet size Segmented Memory Alternatively you can use Segmented Memory Enter an integer of Segment from 1 to 32 then enter an integer Segment Size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes divided by the number of segments The default segment size is 10 MB 84 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Upload Manager LeCroy Corporation Each time a trigger condition occurs the system records a new segment You can use a Snapshot or Pattern trigger but not Manual Trigger As the same trigger automatically repeats the system makes the number of segments that you entered Upload Manager To upload segments manually in the Upload Manager select the Don t upload segments and open upload manager automatically checkbox To upload segments automatically for display as the system creates them do not select the checkbox To view segmented trace files click the Upload Manager button beside the Record button to display the Upl
207. mple the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for an ACK primitive from the initiator Each time the device detects an ACK it injects an RD Error into the traffic stream This state continues for a random period of time not to exceed 1 790 seconds After the time period has elapsed timer times out the scenario stops Although this example sets the timer for a random period you also can set the timer for known values 2 ms 5 mins 1 hr and so on 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Inject RD Error as the action 3 Click the prompt to add another event keep in mind this is not a combined event 4 TE ACK Inject Error Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for ACE from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error 0 J Click here to add a S quence 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 30 Example 6 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 4 In the Type column on the left choose Timer Set the timer for random timing with a maximum time limit of 1 790 seconds 5
208. n the following Q Red Firmware and or BusEngine components need to be updated to the latest version QO Light Blue The device is ready to be connected QO Yellow The device is not chained or cascaded Select Device s E E X Device Location Status set Alias Name Sierra M6 2 SN 61658 PSG_OA_MB 2 Lacal Machine Locked No Chained a o Siera M6 1 5H 62342 Masis MB 1 372356133134 Locked No Chained gt o EIE evIce SP Remove Devi ete F Settings Selected Device Id 0x001 04C00F 004 E gh Networks hd Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 10 Select Device Dialog Note Click Refresh Device List to display all the devices on the network The Select Device dialog displays the following buttons Set Alias Name Click Set Alias Name to display the Set device alias name dialog as shown below Set device alias name E xj Alias name Sierra FC kest ce Figure 1 11 Set Device Alias Name Dialog Disconnect Click Disconnect to disconnect a device Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 23 LeCroy Corporation Connecting via Ethernet Add Device Click Add Device to add a device with a static IP address Add Device with Static IP E X Device IP Address y oo0 n0 n aa Figure 1 12 Add Device with Static IP Dialog Remove Device Click Remove Device to remove a previously added device IP Settings Click IP Setting to
209. n to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type column on the left choose Substitute with SAS Primitive as the action that you want when an RRDY Normal occurs In the middle column of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the action Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which to substitute for RRDY Normal see Figure 4 19 on page 249 Choose ERROR Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario In this example you set the substitution action to happen at every occurrence of an RRDY Normal as shown in the figure the action is set for every occurrence However you can set an action to happen at other multiples of event occurrence for example 5 25 1000 and so on You also can set the action to happen at random within a specified number of event occurrences 3 Replace RRDY Normal b x Scenario is valid Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal gt Description Wait for BEDY Normal and replace it with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for RBEDY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 22 Example 2 Complete Scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Anal
210. nalysis by defining and running an analysis project An analysis project definition defines what to capture what the analyzer triggers on and the memory settings You can save defined projects as project sac files for later use Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups After you install the Analyzer software See Software Installation on page 17 and set up the Analyzer See Hardware Setup on page 17 launch the Analyzer software See Launching Your Analyzer on page 26 to display the default Protocol Analyzer in Easy Mode at the Capture tab This mode allows you to operate the analyzer with minimum setup In this mode you can perform only a Trigger and Data capture or you can program the SAS Initiator Emulator or SATA Host Emulator to generate bus traffic for triggering and data capture Main Window Use Easy Mode to get a comprehensive overview of your analyzer s capabilities SAS On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer to open a SAS Protocol Analyzer dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 31 LeCroy Corporation Main Window Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer1 Everything Exclude SATA CONT B Capture C Patter Exclude SATA SYNC Q Everything Exclude NOTIFY Exclude OOB Signals Exclude 290 Include xXx Y Include SATA SYNC Include SATA CONT Include OOB Signals Inclu
211. nalyzer for a new project or File gt Open an existing protocol analysis file sac for a SAS file or stc for a SATA file See Protocol Analysis on page 31 You can also open a scs SAS Sample file or sts SATA Sample file Example files are in the Examples folder You can also use Project Setup gt Last Protocol Analyzer On the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger On the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern On the Settings tab select trigger position and memory use Change the Analyzer settings if necessary Change the port Speed if necessary Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 27 LeCroy Corporation Operating in Simulation Mode 28 Viewing Captured Data After data capture the captured data is in the Viewer See Display Manipulation on page 99 You can display the same data in a DOOCOD a Packet View Shows packets Text View Shows transaction frames grouped in columns by port Column View Shows DWORDs in columns by port Spreadsheet View Shows Packet View fields by time Histogram View Shows frame type transfers Waveform Display Shows waveform display for all active ports on which you can perform timing measurements Data View Displays data payloads You can show or hide fields and ports
212. nate Click Yes to get a success message HIP Made Ip setup done successfully Software will be terminated Automatically Figure 3 89 SAS IP Setup Success Message Click OK The message closes and the device resets 3 To change back to DHCP in the IP setup dialog click the DHCP radio button then click Update IP Mode Static IP DHCP Static IP Address Subnet Mask Se ET UN Figure 3 90 SAS IP Setup Success Message After you see the Warning Message click Yes After you see the Success Message click OK Note You can also click Reset 174 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual User Defined Decoding LeCroy Corporation User Defined Decoding User defined decoding allows you to create a definition file to interpret commands and frames that are not in the standard set recognized by the software Select Configuration gt User Defined Decoding to open the User Defined Decoding dialog User Defined Decoy x SCSI Commandts El ATA Command 14 SSP Framefs peg E STP Framels PO El sMPramefs CY Set As Default Figure 3 91 SAS User Defined Decoding SAS vs SATA SAS adds SCSI Commands SSP Frames and SMP Frames Check ATA Commands and or STP frames Click the ellipses next to a command type text box to display the Open dialog Choose an appropriate script file and click Open open Look in cE User Define Decoding
213. nce State O Wait for Address Frame x 0 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Target Figure 4 37 Example 7 Adding a Second Sequence 18 Create two states in the second sequence with the characteristics shown in the following table TABLE 4 9 Example 7 States for Second Sequence State Event Action 0 Address Frame from Target Branch to State 1 1 Address Frame from Initiator Beep for 2 seconds Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 265 LeCroy Corporation Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules 19 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario New Scenario O Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame x IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits x 0 IDENTIFY Mask From Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to State l Click here to add another action Click here to add another event State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask From Target Click here to add combined event then Beep il sj Click here to add another actions Click here to add another event gt Click here to add another stat
214. nch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt El Wait for 4licgnl Wait for ALIGN l from Initiator Click here to add combined event E then Branch to Wait for A licgnz Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN iz from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click to add combined event gt Ep m Hh m to add another action i m Hh m then Branch to Error Detected Click Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined ewvent then Branch to Wait for Align3 Click here to add another action a Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 COP WOM SCRL Figure 4 39 Example 8 Top Half of Scenario 268 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 LeCroy Corporation Align Test Wait for Aliqnz Wait for then Wait for OF OF then Click here toa ALIGN iz Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 3 Branch to add Wait for Aligqns Wait for then Wait for OF OF then Click here toa ALIGN 3 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN i1 ALIGN iz Branch to add Error Detected Wait for then and Click here toa Click here For Help press Fl Any Dword Bee
215. nd Data Capture Setup Patterns and Data Capture Setup You can refine data capture by choosing Pattern and then selecting specific patterns for capture Additionally you can define a different set of patterns to capture after trigger To define specific patterns for capture click the Pattern button to display the Capture tab for Pattern Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree Everything Exclude SATA CONT T 9 Copia Pattern Exclude SATA SYNC Include XxX Exclude OOB Signals Exclude X lt lt x Y Include SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s Y Include SATA CONT Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Parameters A Trigger Non Sequential STP Frame CA Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Address Frame Capture Memory Size 10000 KB SMP Frame Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s SSP Frame Add Speed 30 Gbps I1 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Data Pattern Y Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Protocol Errors Eles 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode Exclude patterns Define different pattems for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 15 SAS Choosing Capture Patterns SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SA
216. ne using a hub switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device the Analyzer must communicate with the host computer to establish a connection The host computer continually broadcasts the next available IP address to the Analyzer until the software starts Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 21 LeCroy Corporation Connecting via Ethernet 22 Select Device After you start the software click on Configuration and select All Connected Devices see the following screen capture dE LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzerl e File view Edit Configuration Project Setup Tools Window Help EE Gelb Data Block Capture Trigger Trace Memory Stat Trigger Position In M Entire Memory Partial Memory Segmented Mer E of Segment N Sample File Name Don t upload sa Auto Run Analyzer Settings n a g TxVouk amp Preemphasis License Manager Software Settings 1 User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting Update 57 Board Interface Update oard Interface 24 MB Update Sierra Device Setup IP Use ally All Connected Devices Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD 7 Show Xxx HOLDHOLDA Response Timaeout 295 Disable descrambling ALIGN Transmission Period C 2046 for SSP 256 for STP Taree 2049 for SSP 258 for STP _ Protocol Enor Mask Speed Iw 11 71 AutoSpeed Iw I3 TX AutoSpeed W 12 T2 AutoS peed
217. ng settings Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where to save output lag files Je program files lecroy sas protocol suite 54 5 Browse Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running OF Cancel Figure 3 146 Run Verification Scripts Settings Dialog Choose the editor application Notepad or other Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen Path to the template file for a new script You can use a template for the script Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 217 LeCroy Corporation Running Verification Script Engine VSE 3 Click the Run scripts button after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list Je LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite
218. nment ph xi Hash Destination SAS Address Ox JO CCBBAA x7 70099 SSC2 SPC3 El Add to Assigned List Assigned SCSI Specs Hash Destination SAS Address SCSI Spec of 0x0 SBC2 SPC3 Remove OxCCBBAS SBC2 SPC3 Ox 78899 SBC2 SPC3 405000 SBC2 SPC3 0x80C803 SBC2 SPC3 7 n acean GRC2 GPo of gt Remove All ATAPI Assignment ATAPI Assignment E MMEA C SC 2 There is no ATAPI packet in sample 126 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars LeCroy Corporation Go to CATC Navigation View Click this button to change the trace display to a C CATC Trace You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Sample Viewer Configuration see Sample Viewer Configuration on page 153 Je LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Simulation scs El File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help TE ens Om n S BM S MI PP OREL 8 M Bo B 2 P gt e nk Top Pep gt Ba 1 12 r2 18 3 14 Ta WES MN Identify PhyID H SAS Address H Initiator Port Target Port 0 002 869 213 s EE 5 333 us MM DDO 5000EB5000000001 SSP e dE ES n1 089 ES ll il 10B se SC ky D 0 002 874 548 s Sec a Identify Phy ID H SAS Address H Initiator Port EE 1 106 us IN Edge Expander Device 5006056000000305 ce BROADCAST CHANGE 0 002 875 653 s 240 ns K285D47D
219. nne Bitara Ei A A acra 200000 22 RE 2229 9 Foam Bh AE ka ieee ira fe hae Hoi rvit k ria lt Cod Uo or Host CrossSync Control Panel The LeCroy CrossSync control panel provides synchronization for complete end to end visibility into multi protocol systems CrossSync is LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analyzer software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally This feature is available with the LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite application Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 29 LeCroy Corporation Operating in Simulation Mode 30 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Analysis The system performs Protocol A
220. nsaction frames grouped in columns by port To display Text View select View gt Text View or click the El button on the View Type toolbar E Time Stamp Port All Lanes T1 I2 T2 37 690 Tam COMINIT IM COMMIT E COMINIT E COMINIT COMIMIT COMMIT COMMIT COMMIT COMINIT COMINIT COMMIT COMIMIT 493 min COMINIT COMINIT i mind COMIMIT COMINIT 026 mir COMMIT 1 24 8591 299 613 min COMET E eme Figure 3 5 SAS Text View Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 103 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Ime Stamp Po A T D1 11 511 578 666 5 B Le 11 511 598 El Hh U gt H Reg ES 111 013 x ail ees PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 46 oH Reg E34 DoH Ren FE DoH Reg FE pon Rag FE DSH Rag FS D gt H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 X D H Reg FIS 34 X D gt H Reg FIS 34 PIG Setup FIS 5F Data FIS FIS 46 D H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D1 D gt H Reg FIS 34 ETE DA TS Di 25 087 500 5 Db Figure 3 6 SATA Text View Note The LBA and Tag Number value are shown in the All Lanes column Column View Column View displays the captured data grouped in columns by port Each row shows captured DWORDS on different ports relat
221. o require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event 1 OR Event 2 leads to Action If Event 1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event 1 has repeated five times or when Event 2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event 1 or Event 2 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 243 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Actions Capturing a Data DWORD 244 InFusion provides the ability to capture individual data DWORDs and provides four different registers to store captured DWORDs DWORD 80 1 2 and 3 To capture a data DWORD select Capture Data DWORD from the Action Properties screen as shown below Select the register to be used to store the DWORD from the drop down menu under the Capture Register property lala Type Properties Type Description Random No Action a Capture Data Dword H Inject Link Even Ath occurence 1 z Monitor Count MonitorCourt Not monitored js Remove Direction From Initiator Capture Register D word 0 Offset word 0 Diword 1 Z Stop Scenario H Substitute Trigger Output Diword 2 Diword 3 Capture Register x ere E Fi
222. oad Manager dialog Upload Options Preview 3 MB around segment trigger position TON E 15 Qges sal Show Traffic Summary Preview Select All Deselect All E IIT Figure 2 65 Upload Manager Dialog The dialog displays the segments in the format Segment1 Segment2 and so on Select segments by clicking the checkbox You can also Select All or Deselect All segments You can Upload segments for display Save segments as sample files and Delete segments The Preview radio button allows a preview of an integer number of megabytes around the trigger position You can set the trigger position as a percentage and select the segment number Click the radio button to Show Traffic Summary with the preview To show the preview click the Preview button Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 85 LeCroy Corporation Analyzer Settings Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout The Primitive Response Timeout parameter specifies the number of DWORDs between two pair primitives after which the analyzer detects a protocol error Default value is 65000 When host or device sends a primitive such as X RDY HOLD or WTRM it expects device or host to reply with a primitive such as R RDY HOLDA or R OK This parameter detects FIS Signaling Latency error between HOLD and HOLDA and FIS State Transition error between X RDY and R_RDY between SOF and EOF or between WTRM and R OK or R_ERR You can
223. og Assign a meaningful name to the setup and save it as a cst compliance file 16 To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run Note When you are running Compliance Test do not connect the analyzer to the Host if testing a Device Do not connect the analyzer to the Device if testing Host Such improper connections can impact compliance test result validity Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 213 LeCroy Corporation SAS Verification SAS 214 SAS Verification SAS SAS Verification consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SAS specification Note Speed Negotiation tests are documented in the SAS_2 0 Speed_Negotation_v0 4 pdf file in the installed Documents directory All other SAS tests are documented in the SAS Verification Suite Document pdf file in the installed Documents directory To run a SAS Verification Test 1 Select Tools on the main toolbar and choose SAS Verification to open the SAS Verification dialog SAS Verification v Speed Negotiation Speed Negotiation Window Three Train Speed Negotiation Window 7 Link Layer LINK RESET CONNECTIONS 55P FRAMES C CLOSING SSP CONNECTIONS CONNECTIONS THROUGH EXPANDERS BREAK Transport Layer C SSF FRAMES STRUCTURES D SSP COMMAND IU 0 SSF DATA IU 0 SSP XFER_RDY IU SSF RESPONSE I
224. or Click here to add another action Wait for Pandom Timer Max Time 1 790 sj Click here to add combined event gt then Stop Infusion Click here to add another actions xClick here to add another event For Help press F1 COP MUM SCRL Figure 4 32 Example 6 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 259 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Sequence Creating a Sequence This section gives several examples for creating sequences Recall that a sequence can have multiple states but only one state is active at any time In other words at any point in time a sequence waits for one event or combined event and responds with the corresponding action or set of actions when the event occurs A sequence is more powerful than Global Rules because you can create branching or looping test logic with a sequence You can include up to two sequences in a scenario but each is completely independent of the other There is no branching or other interaction between the two except through the Restart All Sequences action You must follow some simple rules when creating sequences TABLE 4 5 Sequence Rules You can use only two branch actions per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use two instances of Branch to an Existing State or Branch to a New State If you try to use more than two a red error message appears in the sta
225. or Disable To enable scramble use Scramble Enable Role definition format To specify SATA hardware role Role Host or Role Device END OF FILE definition A pattern generator file must include END_OF_FILE as the last statement in the file Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example Pattern Generator File LeCroy Corporation Example Pattern Generator File Figure A 1 illustrates a typical Pattern Generator file J nee SOT Device Bits sil det dd K286 3 f X_RDY 25 2 3 4 4 1 2 K286 5 f X_RDY 25 4 25 4 10 5 K23 3 CONT XXX OOK OSO POSO OSO OSO yy 25 2 3 1 21 3 KZI8 3 SOF 00 50 40 Al EO 00 OO OO 21 0 21 6 21 3 K28 53 EOF 24 2 24 2 21 92 KIB 3 WTRM 24 2 24 2 21 5 K28 5 WTRM 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 CONT XXX XXX AX POSO 21 5 21 5 21 4 K28 3 SYNC 1 23 PL Zl KiB 5 SYNC 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 CONT OSO ION XXX XXX Role Device Loop Enable scramblespisable END OF FILE Y ay Figure A 1 Sample Pattern Generator File spg Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 285 LeCroy Corporation Example Pattern Generator File 286 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements ASA EPRA IA im TNR HARE i ee L EE B
226. or Report Others Report To display the Others Report click the Others tab The Others Report displays information in the following columns Q Items m Idle No Payload Size Sample Time Idle Initiator Idle Target SSP Bus Utilization SMIP Bus Utilization m STP Bus Utilization Q Report Count or Time mene tip Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Idle No 0 Payload Size 5327872 Sample Time 14 621 841 43 s Idle Time Host 0 000 000 00 s Idle Time Device 0 000 000 00 s Reserved 0 000 000 00 s Figure 3 104 Others Report SSP Transport Report SAS To display the SSP Transport Report click the SSP Transport tab The SSP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Q Type All Custom Command Data Response XFER_RDY Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count ODO O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 183 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others AS Direction Duration All All 765 000 000 00 us Data T gt I 1 515 053 39 ms 30 47 XFER_RDY T gt I 17 280 000 69 us 229 7 58 Figure 3 105 SAS SSP T
227. oration Sampling Memory Usage Optimization 168 Here are examples of different Port Configurations and Trigger Positions n n One port configuration A Sample size is user specified sample size Two port configuration AA Ports 1 and 2 are on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has an effect If you use snapshot triggering the sample size is near specified size Two port configuration AA If you use manual stop Memory Assignment has no effect Sample size depends on port traffic loads Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 5096 and there is enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically near specified size Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 5096 but there is not enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically more than half specified size with size determined by the amount of data cap tured before trigger Two port configuration A A Ports 1 and 3 are not on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has no effect If one port has heavy traffic it may fill its memory bank and stop recording resulting in smaller sample size than speci fied Note Checking this option does not affect the sample It only allows larger sample sizes Note If traffic is balanced on ports sample size is the same whether you check or uncheck the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option
228. oration Status Bar Status Bar The Status bar is located at the bottom of the main display window Search Status The rightmost segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment Filtering The Filtering menu and options allow you to modify data in the sample viewer display to exclude packets with a set of user defined patterns and show the results in all views To set up filtering you must have a viewer display open The Filtering menu has the options O Enable Filtering see Enable Filter on page 142 Filtering see Filter Setup on page 133 Link Layer SAS Transport Layer SAS Application Layer SAS Physical Layer SATA FIS Layer SATA Command Layer SATA Filter Idles see Filter Idle on page 143 LDLLIDLDULDLDUDL 132 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Filter Setup P To display the Filter setup dialog click the Filter button on the Viewer toolbar or select Filtering gt Filtering Filter m Filter Options Bus Condition Ivi Primitive wilncamplete Frames Address Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions 47 4 Commands I 8CS5I Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Par S45 Address Protocal Error IL STP Port Tag ATAPI SCS
229. orkspace file NCQ Commands Time out Threshold The software uses this setting in the statistical ATA command page for NCQ commands If the time out exceeds this setting the software reports an error Maximum Number of Uploader Threads If Quick View is not enabled during cascading specifies the number of concurrent processes for uploading a sample file ATAPI spec assignment Specifies the ATAPI default spec SCSI spec assignment SAS only Specifies the SCSI default spec Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm If the current attached board does not support the project file port configuration the software converts it to a supported port configuration without asking for confirmation If this setting is unchecked the software asks for confirmation Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project When you start to run a new project the software prompts you to close the current sample Found Device List Mode Reset clear the list of found devices Lists only the currently found devices Refresh append to the list of found devices Adds new devices to the list of devices found previously Browse Default Path Software default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the default user folder Windows default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the path selected when the Open dialog was last used Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
230. ormation Open a license information dialog to display a list of named features supported by the current software version Named features that are not enabled on your system are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message To use the feature you must purchase a license Hamiltan SIN 61658 OxFODA License information for the product Serial Number 61658 xFODA Software mainter Available Features Feature Title Purchased Feature Description System Memory Size 1GB No Enable operation with 1GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 2GB Ho Enable operation with 2GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 4GB Yes Enable operation with 4GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 968 No Enable operation with GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 16GB No Enable operation with 16GByte of internal memory Rate Support 156 Yes Support for 1 5GBps data rate Rate Support 3G Yes Support for 3GBps data rate Rate Support 6G Yes Support for 5GBps data rate Tool Pattern Generator Yes Enable Pattern Generator Tool SATA Compliance Yes Enable SATA Compliance Tool SATA Host Emulator Yes Enable SATA Host Emulator Tool SATA Device Emulator
231. ort H CH Status H Error H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H Dev Head H so 0x34 Register Device to Host i iT io 1 ER len B E B i fi 3 5 586 us 4 a ee 5 586 us 511 600 093 5 mL 11 511 600 093 5 6 Figure 3 2 SATA Packet View of sts Sample File Quick View By default the Software Settings enable Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the Host PC hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you uncheck Quick View in the Software Settings to disable Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the Host PC hard drive When Quick View is disabled the Viewer displays successive parts of trace data as they upload As soon as a trace part uploads it is available in all trace views If you only need quick successive traces and do not need to save them keep the default setting to enable Quick View If you need to save all captured traces unchecking the Quick View setting loads traces faster especially for larger traces and slower connections than Gigabit Ethernet To refresh the viewer display with more uploaded data scroll to the end of the trace using scroll bars page down arrow down or CTRL End Newly uploaded data then appears there Note High level decoding and statistics are available only after
232. ounter and the data address to count to and click OK i C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock Datablock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column Cell Length f Byte LSB C MSB C Binary Hex C Ascii Data Block Data 43 Counter x Random Data Address New Pattern Address Counter Data C Append Insert C Overwrite Delete Walking Bit Data Custom 1 Address ls Repeat E limes Delete All C incremental Decremental Random Initial Number 16 Pattem Counter Figure 2 78 Set Counter as Data Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 95 LeCroy Corporation Counter Random Data Pattern To use a random data pattern click the Random button enter the number of times to repeat the pattern and click OK BGI Walking Bit Data Figure 2 79 Choose a Random Pattern Walking Bit Pattern To use a walking bit pattern click the Walking Bit button then choose either a walking bit of 0 or 1 the walk direction the start position and the number of times to repeat the pattern Figure 2 80 Define a Walking Bit Pattern 96 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Counter LeCroy Corporation Creating and Editing Data Blocks as Text You can create and edit data blocks using a text editor such as Windows Notepad To create a data block in Notepad launch Notepad Enter a header consisting of Item1 Item2 Item3 Item4
233. p Dev Mame Type Cur Reg Status File Mame Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GE C Program Files LeCroy s Siera Anal zerz2 1310 1310 PUES C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Update All Siera Emulators 2310 23 10 REN C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Sierra Analyzer 3310 3310 BENE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MES C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Infusion 53 20 53 20 BAN C Program FilessLeCroy s Pl Sierra Trainer C Program FilessLeCroi 5 Figure 3 84 Device Setup Dialog Beginning to Update Status of a Device Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 171 LeCroy Corporation Update Sierra Device After the update the device must restart Info 1 Sierra device SM 61475 updated successfully Please wait until device SM 61475 restarts Figure 3 85 Info Dialog Then the update is complete Device Setup bh I Dev Mame Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected Siera Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR C Program FileskLeCrov 5 Sierra Anal zerz2 1310 13 10 POE C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Uplate Al Sierra Emulator 2 2310 23 10 MOE C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Sierra Analyzer 3310 33 10 EN C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Siera Self Test 4312 4312 MBE C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Siera Infusion 5320 5320 GE C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Pl Sierra Trainer iles Le raus Figure 3 86 Device Setup Dialog with DONE
234. p 500 Branch to add from Initiator Wait for Align gt from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected event gt another from Initiator Wait for Alicon from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected event gt another from Initiator ms Wait for Alicon event another to add another state gt Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event b x File Library c 2 X di S equencers ex di Align Test di Sequercer exa Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action File Libr File Libr CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 40 Example 8 Bottom Half of Scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 269 LeCroy Corporation Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 270 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 In this example a five state sequence not only detects if a group of primitives is received out of order but it fixes any incorrect order The logic is similar to that of example 8 with a few small changes The following table summarizes each state TABLE 4 11 Example 9 Lo
235. paa 176 HOIDTODICS Sisi at ici eli 176 Update LICENSE iras 176 MOCK iie A ole clc a 176 ADOUEL uetus t t pi LIE LA IM IA LL 176 Display Eicense Inforimaltlo li ceecsesesa Foe ecu feed dE a sis 177 Statistical IRE DONE uico asi ruri vico Pom auc EAE x VD iara a A US NND CAVIS D ME DU QANR EK CR M DES 178 Report between CUISONS ini 178 Report between EVENS inn A 178 Statistical Report CohtenhL ia 179 FRE DOFU OC DUIOINS cet m 179 General REDOT time REN 180 Primitive IReDOLL i care a Daciae a sate ca wate dean eux aS VER Der EVER Sete Saa a E EE 180 BUS Condition Reno Eu ET ET TD QD DUST 181 ATA Command Repo iran o auta we ERATES cu Eva T ae OON E TENERE CEvI SURE eMrE eR a NER PE dE 181 Time out of ATA Command Report ei cus e enp P trac ur E eu MA NE Ep REI dS NS DRESRXERUE NR UnUKEES UU SN ES nennen ennnen 182 ATAPLRODO e RE 182 PrOTOCONMEFTOS RODO ias si ici e adria 183 OMS RECI nT UR 183 SOF Transport Report SAD nia ieee eco ele vedo a a eis 184 SMP Transport Repot SAS unitaria n ede eua a devirvaske tu incdus sius Sev Pide we Vica Eua iov EE 184 SITP Transport REDON SAS usina li 184 SCSI Command Report SAS 2 2 riri ree a 186 SMF Command Report SAO sueco toxtacs sesessecuxve eei eme ixs cuiua E E eruca Ua Muss Dd Eug cDedeUEEE DE 186 Task Command Report SAS iii alar 187 SAS Address Report SAS arras 187 Lanes NeDOTULSA S o ooo E 188 Read Write Command Report SA aiii dadas 188 Performance Report SA Su
236. packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Sample Viewer Port When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides packet traffic for the selected port ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In see Filter Miscellaneous on page 140 Enable Filter Select Filtering gt Enable Filtering or click the Filter Enable button on the display menu bar to toggle between Filtered and Unfiltered display 142 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Cursors and Bookmarks LeCroy Corporation Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden IDL x You can quickly filter idles by clicking the between Show and Hide items Filter Idle button This button toggles Using the Cursors and Bookmarks Cursors The data viewer display incorporates three cursors labeled X Y and T All cursors are initially overlaid and positioned at location O which is the trigger position of the display The Trigger or T cursor is the measurement reference and is always at location O in the display Positioning the X Cursor To position the X Cursor within the viewer data display clic
237. peed negotiation x Code Violation Cancel L Delimiter Error Check Disable Protocol error detection mace pee Un Check Enable Protocol error detection Figure 2 20 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA dialog does not show ACK NAK Timeout and has FIS signal latency and state transition errors not STP ones Check protocol error s to omit or not capture then click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors LeCroy Corporation Protocol Errors Code Violation Wrong 10b symbol detected Disparity Error Wrong disparity detected ALIGN Error ALIGN primitive frequency is outside the specification requirements STP Signaling Latency Error SAS only or FIS Signaling Latency Error SATA only DWORD difference between HOLD and HOLDA is greater than entered value in the HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout field STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SATA only Second SATA_SOF is encountered before SATA_EOF and other unexpected primitives STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SATA only Timeout between two paired primitives is above entered value 65000 DWORDS is default For example it can occur between WTRM and R_OK or X_RDY and R_RDY It expects device or host to send a response but response is not received after 65000 DWORDs
238. play to eliminate the need for horizontal scrolling The View Setting button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar opens the Sample Viewer Configuration dialog see Display Configuration on page 153 Cursor Position Status Bar To display the cursor position status bar select Toolbar gt Cursor Position A to Y Ons xto T Ons Y toT Ons Figure 3 44 Cursor Position Toolbar See Using the Cursors and Bookmarks on page 143 128 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars LeCroy Corporation Layers Toolbar SAS The Layers toolbar shows or hides packet types Lak The Show Hide Link Packet button displays hides the Link layer The Show Hide Transport Packet button on the Layers Toolbar displays hides the Transport layer and below Trp App s The Show Hide All Commands Packet button shows hides the Command layer and all layers below SCSI Cmd and Task Mng SMP Cmd and ATA Cmd wi Y SCSI Cmd and Task Mng Click the down arrow on the Show Hide All Commands Packet button to choose command types to show hide v ATA Cmd The Order Reorder button toggles the time order of packets The Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives toggles packing repeated primitives in ML one port Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 129 LeCroy Corporation Toolbars 130 Layers Toolbar SATA The Layers toolbar shows or hides packet types To e The Show Hide Physical Pack
239. ports for blade Infusion Ports 1 Yes Enable one Infusion port for blade Infusion Ports 2 Yes Enable two Infusion ports for blade Infusion Parts 4 Yes Enable four Infusion ports for blade Infusion Feature Muxina Yes Enable Muxina in Infusion x cose EZ Figure 3 94 Licensing Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 177 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Statistical Report Whenever a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer a Statistical Report selection in the Report menu and a Statistical Report Button on the viewer toolbar are enabled You can create a Statistical Report for the entire capture or select a portion of it To display a Statistical Report click the Statistical Report button on the viewer toolbar or select Report gt Statistical Report to display the Select Statistical Report Range dialog Select Statistical Report Range E X All Samples C From T Cursor v To T Cursor y C From Sequence y No fi To Sequence y Nofi Cancel Figure 3 95 Statistical Report Range Dialog The default statistical report has All Samples You can set a specific Statistical report range between defined cursor positions or events Report between Cursors Click the option button next to the From cursor selection drop down list Then click the From down arrow and choose the 1st cursor click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd cursor and click OK The re
240. pted I gt T 2 559 999 94 us 3 48 00 0 00000627 25 100 00 Figure 3 109 SAS SMP Command Report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 185 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content 186 Task Command Report SAS To display the Task Command Report click the TASK Command tab The Task Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function Status Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count DLLDLDL Abort Task oot gt 426 666 656 49 ns 0 00000043 1 100 00 Figure 3 110 SAS TASK Command Report SAS Address Report SAS To display the SAS Address Report click the SAS Address tab The SAS Address Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Source SAS Address All Custom or an address Destination SAS Address All Custom or an address Protocol Type SMP SSP STP Frame Type All Custom Command Data DMA Activate Register Host To Device Register Device To Host Response XFER_RDY Count All Custom or a number OOO a General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Source SAS Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Type Frame Type All v All v All v All iv Ka STP ata S0060560
241. qme M 160 SOItWare Sets aiii 161 I II See iria 161 lit aaa 161 Template Files asia da a 161 OMEN aae M M HM 162 Found Device List Mole dace tior exa coner dia 162 Browse Default Path cp o oe USER ring edu Ro D ci 162 Sample VIEWer Tabo 163 Open Sample Me EMT TI Tm mE 163 Spread Sheet VIEW Talca mia 164 COlOF Seftllig usura ro 164 Anchor th Selection Dar A 165 Omer coo 165 Column VIEW TD ars 165 A O 166 Field ISE VIEW TaD pee 166 Update Fedi List DASCO ON cis AA 166 M d of frame Held ISt 167 Sij lg e cn 167 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization eeeeeeeeeseee eee nennen nnne nnn nnn 167 If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked 167 If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked 168 FIOAtING LICENSE ur use dtu Coal wea aa 169 External MEIC Send serias 170 Bernal Tro Out Setund aca datada 170 Ext rnal Trig UM SENIN iia 170 Update Sierra DEVICE arinei SERE TOU DI casa met UNE I vss PR SEP cue ULM tav au Neve aoc M E UEM d Id 171 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 7 LeCroy Corporation Contents USB IP SUD en nee en ML MIA S eee 173 User Detineda DecodIN O emita ttGtQ ORn m 175 CIO MON
242. r Click here to add combined event then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action Wait for BRADY RESERVED 0j from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action xClick here to add another erent 3 For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL i Figure 4 27 Example 4 Complete Scenario 9 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 255 LeCroy Corporation Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event In this example an event triggers a set of actions The actions occur at the same time The device waits for an ACK from the initiator When it occurs the device beeps injects an RD error and increments a counter monitoring for that event ACK from initiator 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Beep as the action From the Action Properties drop down menu enter 500 ms as the duration of the beep 3 Click the add another action prompt to add a second action 4 ACK Test box Scenario is valid Scenario Name ACK Test Description If ACK
243. r and click OK 72 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame in the Pattern window to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type Pattern E xj Format Address Frame Type any Address Frame Type X C Binary A ny Address Frame Type MEN f Hexadecimal Cancel Value AE Address Frame Type x Any Address Frame Type Vi mr VTi Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link Figure 2 50 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an address frame type on which to trigger and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 73 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog SMP Frame Pattern xi Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type x Y C Binary Any SMP Frame Type E Hexadecimal a Cancel Function Show Reserved arto Parameter Value SMP Frame Type X Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function vn ii vn vr Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link Figure 2 51 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS v
244. r the graph heading displays the graph legend n n n n Go to ATA SCSI Cmd Jump to command Synchronize with Trace View Synchronize all open views to that location in the trace Fit to Graph Area Zoom to fit Hide Do not display the graph To synchronize all open views to that location in the trace double click the graph Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data The buttons have the following functions A Horizontal zoom in E Vertical zoom in amp Horizontal zoom out 2 Vertical zoom out Graph Areas Click and Drag zoom 77 Presents options for displaying additional Click diagonally to select and Ha graphs zoom in on part of the graph A Maerah Graph legend see previous 118 page Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Waveform Display You can enable a waveform display for all active ports and perform timing measurements by positioning timing cursors within the waveform display Select View gt Wave Form View or click the Show Hide Waveform button on the View Type toolbar to enable the waveform display The Compact View shows the OOB Sequence with speed negotiation E iv Compact Es xl El T Z 77 Y COMINIT indes n gee E WMA KIT Figure 3 36 SAS Waveform View iv Compact ajo COMRESET COMWAKE H1 COMINIT COM
245. r toa Deis o eo ets 20s 6700 ws 0 Register ence oHost os ossossoss ve pas T Set Device Bits OOH 9002666473 us 25 aa o ono E oo Command X RDY Sse eck O12 21a AAA Z Q Q od Fd 1 Q Number of FIS Wite DMA Gus p peo p o E Normal Ou Figure 3 121 Sample Print Preview of Report Apr 14 2006 Time NA RIFA The Print Preview button displays a preview of the report to print Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Toolbar LeCroy Corporation Report Display Settings v5 The Setting button opens the Setting dialog You can set up the report columns for display to suit a particular analysis need eliminating the need to show hide columns individually Use the Setting dialog to configure the display for each page SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Wiite Command 545 Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Check All Reset All Bus Condition Read Write Command Performance Others Check All Reset All Figure 3 123 SATA Statistical Report Column Setting Show Hide Columns Items Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 195 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Toolbar Link With Sample View When you select a type on any page of the Statistical Report a set of navigation buttons allows you to e
246. rame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 SSP Frame T gt I 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame T gt I 4 53333330 US 17 7 02 Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 0 00015528 242 100 00 Figure 3 128 Toggling Type Sort Order Hiding Columns To hide a column right click in the column and choose Hide To unhide a column right click any column and choose Unhide Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 199 LeCroy Corporation Data Report Data Report When a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer the Data Report button is on the Viewer toolbar and Data Report is in the Report menu The data report displays all the data sent from the host to the device and from the device to the host All PIO In gt In commands are grouped as a data packet until the occurrence of a PIO Out gt Out command creating a new data packet To display a Data Report click the select Report gt Data Report Data Report button on the Viewer toolbar or mee Pot n Command Direction gt gt Data 2048 Bytes Duration dis T gt gt 23 226 us m 5000C500001047B5 X to Y 136 880 293 ms X to T 136 880 293 ms Y to T 0 ns For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive f Simulation Mode Stop it Figure 3 129 SAS Data Report Click the Down Arrow in a data field to display Data Report details JU 82 851 533 ms 0x0
247. rammatically breaks the connection to test link recov ery a Value Replacement Monitors the link for specific values patterns or primitives as low as bit level and replace with user defined values You can replace values on every occurrence after a specified number of occurrences or after a speci fied time interval Q Packet Drop Removes individual primitives address frames or data frames from the stream to verify retry behavior a Primitive Manipulation Replaces handshaking and flow control primitives to help validate robustness of a design a Traffic Monitoring Operates as a traffic monitor collecting statistical data on user specified parameters In this mode data passes unchanged in both direc tions a Menu Driven Interface Allows easy set up of test scenarios QO API based on C Allows development of custom test applications Q Scenario Batch Files Allows scenario scripts With respect to traffic modification in the Link Layer you can modify primitives CRC scrambled traffic and SSP SMP and STP connection events You cannot modify clock skew management OOB and power management and signal integrity InFusion consists of a hardware device that connects to the line under test and a Windows based software application used to create and download test scripts to the device You also can use the software application to configure and control the device across an Ethernet link Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer
248. ransfer Tag H 616 486 ns Em SS ae EAM 616 1 300 us Madian 515 792 213 ns Data Offset H gt gt Info Unit H Retry Delay Timer H 616 213 ns 00000000 000000000000000000000202000000000000 gt gt 0000 4 Data Present Status Sense Data Len H Resp Data Len H 160 ns T n 33 ns uk A A A A e yA A Se v v v E ES ES A ue B ml gt KA O xi SSP Frame Type Response 0x07 B Hashed Destination SAS Address DFF55A Hashed Source SAS Address 04D3E9 Changing Data Pointer 0 ReTransmit 0 Retry Data Frames 0 TLR CONTROL 0 Number of Fill Bytes 0 Tag 8E10 Target Port Transfer Tag 009D Data Offset 00000000 Retry Delay Timer 0000 Data Pres Sense Data 0x2 Status Check Condition 0x02 Sense Data Length 00000020 Response Data Length 00000000 Response Code 70 Valid 1 Sense Key Aborted Command 0xB ILl 0 EOM 0 Filemark 0 Information OO0008CO Additional Length 18 x Field List View in a seperate window Figure 3 24 Field List View Displayed in a Seperate Window Field List View Embedded in Frame or Spreadsheet Views Click Configuration gt Software Settings and select the Field List View tab refer to Figure 3 80 on page 166 to see the default settings of the Field List View dialog The Show Field List in Column View checkbox is selected as the defaul
249. ransport Report SMP Transport Report SAS To display the SMP Transport Report click the SMP Transport tab The SMP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information QO Type All Custom Request Response Direction All I 2 T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OOOO Direction Duration Count E y All Md 1 973 333 36 us 50 00 Response 4 293 333 53 us 50 00 0 00000627 50 100 00 Figure 3 106 SAS SMP Transport Report STP Transport Report SAS To display the STP Transport Report click the STP Transport tab The STP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All I 2 T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number 96 of total count DLLDLDL Register Device to Host 352 640 014 65 us DMA Activate 0 T gt I 102 239 997 86 us 95 9 52 Figure 3 107 SAS STP Transport Report 184 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation SCSI Command Report SAS To display the SCSI Command Report click the SCSI Command tab The SCSI Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sens
250. re by these methods Q Define your own pattern Q Seta counter Q Choose a Random Pattern Q Choose a Walking Bit Pattern Define Your Own Pattern To define a pattern 1 Click Pattern to open the Define Pattern dialog box as shown in Figure 2 77 2 Enter a data pattern in the Data Pattern edit box 3 Choose the number of times to repeat that pattern and click OK Number of Data Cell 16 Column Define Pattern xj Address Data Block C Append Inset C Overwrtite Random Data Address 0 Pattern o lai Address 4 Repeat 2 times lem Delete Counter Data Walking Bit Data Custom 1 He Bm Delete All CD 11001101 Random Pattem Counter o cm waking Bi Figure 2 77 Define Your Own Data Pattern 94 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Counter LeCroy Corporation Address The cell address starts at O for the first data entry and automatically increments to the next available address You can set it to a previously defined address to modify its content or insert additional data Insert Overwrite Data To define whether to overwrite data in a previously defined cell or insert new data after that cell toggle the Insert Overwrite button Save When you have completed a data block definition click the Save button to save the newly created data block Counter To use a counter as data click the Counter button enter a Starting Number for the c
251. reset IP settings of a device The following IP Setting dialog displays Subnet Mask Default Gateway into Figure 1 13 IP Setting Dialog Networks Click Networks to select an adapter The following dialog displays Select Adapter 1 Intell Wireless WiFi Link 49B54GN Pac 169 254 40154 DOldel5cc38b 2 Intell 82566MM Gigabit Network Connec 172 16 133 128 DOTc2570494f Cancel Figure 1 14 Select Adapter Dialog 24 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting via Ethernet LeCroy Corporation Refresh Device List Click Refresh Device List to refresh the device list To connect to a device select a device which is Ready to Connect and click the Connect button on the right The Connection Propertied dialog is displayed see the following screen capture Select Device xj Device Dev Name Location Status xr Set Alias Mame ierra MB 2 5N f Connection properties E x H Connect NoChained Sierra ME 1 SM Please specify Ehe action to take when next time SM 62084 is detected Za Add Device SP Remove Devi C Automatically connect to the device wh IF Settings C Ask if I want to connect to the device f Take no action Selected Device ld L gh Networks x Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 15 Connection Properties Dialog Specify one of the actions from the following Q Automatically connect to the dev
252. rio 3 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 227 LeCroy Corporation Port Configuration for InFusion Alternatively assign the scenario using the Library and Scenario drop down lists Library Scenario Y SN 61658 BH Y SN 61658 New Scenario 1 Production estBeep y Mew Scenario 1 Mew Scenario 10 Mew Scenario 3 New Scenario 4 Mew Scenario 5 Mew Scenario 6 Substitute Status cor New Scenario 8 Mew Srenarin A After you have assigned scenarios to ports in the first row of icons use the first green arrow icon to Run Stop All Ports or use the numbered green arrows to Run Stop an individual port Note A port row is grayed out when that port is running a scenario Port Configuration for InFusion The InFusion Jammer port configurations must match the Analyzer port configurations for the infusion analyzer to work Select Configuration gt Port Configuration to display the Set Port Configuration dialog To record traffic select Jammer on the port that you want to jam In the following figure there is a match on Port 1 Set Port Configuration x Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer E 0 Available TES 2 Available IE 2 Available Y 2 Available e 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Ports Configuration For Current Setup Serial Num Ports Assignment SN 6
253. s Commands Parameters Serial Number S N 12871 IflsStop Port INT SEI YT Jg Beep Scenario DISCOVERY WaitForStop GoTo Stop Sleep The Command Parameters Dialog contains the list of available commands and their parameters from which to build scenarios and connected hardware and available ports 4 Select appropriate parameters for the command and click OK to display the script in the Script Workspace 4 NewScriptO bx Batch Script is valid Label0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER E SLUCK nete add anotner script command Note You can select ports from the port list depending on number of ports licensed Note The hardware Serial Number can already exist or not If the Serial Number exists the Serial Number for example S N 12871 is shown In Offline and Simulation mode you can enter a Serial Number In Online mode you can only enter an existing Serial Number Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 275 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files 5 To add another command click Click here to add another script command 4 New Script 0 b x Batch Script is valid E Label0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Click here to add another script command lt Click here to add else body gt END IF To copy a script command right click on the command and select Copy Right click Click here to add
254. s Data Fields Queue Cmd Fields Phy Reset Fields Additional Fields Frame List Spread Sheet View Spread Sheet Columns spread Sheet Headers E Source Addr AB Destination Addr E Speed E Relative Time E Delta Time M E Command Type E LBA Sectortt EE Transfer Length A Tag Bi SActive E Command Status Bi Handshake E Sense Key ASC ASCO E Error Output E LUN FF Lu Histagram Ht eeeeett Field Setting Farmat Hexadecimal W Visible Byte Order Fight Align Field Header Setting C Mame Abbreviation Foreground Spread Sheet Headers Viewer Setting Data Pavload Columns in Row 116 Column Bytes in Column fi Byte e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute C Trigger C User Define C Based On System Time MW Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condenze Mode zi Time Stamp Format Lecray Format 4 Save Load Factory Setting Fort ox Cancel Figure 3 69 SCSI Command Fields Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 155 LeCroy Corporation Sample Viewer Configuration 156 Field Header Setting You can use the Name or Abbreviation To change the color of the text in a packet field header select a field from the packet field tree and click the Foreground button Basic colors NI NI NIS EI mr mm SESTE f fee A ie fee FG BEE EEEE EMEMENENNIOMI Custom colors 8B BB S
255. s SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Types dropdown list then scroll the list to choose an SMP frame type on which to trigger Then click the down arrow next to the Function dropdown list choose a function and click OK 74 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SSP Frame Type dialog SSP Frame Type Format SSP Frame Type Any Type x y C Binary Any Type m Hexadecimal Data 0x1 Show Reserved 4 FER RDY 0x5 Command 0x6 0x7 Value Destination SAS Address Source SAS Address AS Changing Data Pointer ReTransmit Retry Data Frames Number of Fill Bytes Tag OOK Target Port Transfer Tag or Data Offset 20000000X Iv 12 Iv T2 iv n iv T1 x Cancel Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 52 SAS SMP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an SSP frame type on which to trigger and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 75 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 76 SCSI Command SAS only Double click SCSI Command in the Pattern window to open the SCSI Command Pattern dialog SCSI Command Pattern E x
256. s eno a 99 VICWEF DISPIS Y AER 99 OUICK VIEW nin a ILE I LE ie MS M 100 Using the VICWEF DIS DIAY oit esi Spei eh Sla E VE x HEU ax iaa 101 Sample Properties canas 101 SA O O E MEL EE 102 Save and ODEN a WOTKS PACO nia su ANENA E aaa PETE 102 Changing the Derault Vie We siii al 103 CAIC NaViG allo VIEW anita road dados 103 TOX EMI EE 103 COLIMA VI A A AS 104 RESIZE GOMAS tas 105 Rearrange COMAS ninia 105 save As Text EXCOl rn 105 Customize DISDIQV aient ad uei adds 106 Rename PO anida 106 Select and Apply Show Hide Port Mode oocooccoccconcconcoccconccnnconccnnconnnonnconcnnnrnnnonnrnnnrnarennrnanrnnnenanos 106 Show FIGS SINO PON lu 106 Show Hide MultiDIe POFIS oc roo ia 107 Show Hide Fleitas 107 Related Frames STEEL 108 Byte OF GG t He n ES 109 Choose Data Formada 110 SN OWAIl Data E M 110 Field EIU err 111 Field List View Displayed in a Seperate Window cccoccccccocccncconccoccconconaconnnnnnnoncnnnrnnnnnarennrnnnrnanennrs 112 Field List View Embedded in Frame or Spreadsheet Views eese 112 Spreadsheet VIEW ui 113 save As Text EXCel A A 114 Change Format of Logical Block Address LBA 1 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnn 114 FUISTODAM VIO Wii ada a 114 PUGS FRAMES caia Ada 114 IGG Error EFAMEOS ni A T designancuaeaeetessenseesndudenaar 115 Pending IO Graph cur a ERA 115 User DenDE O CNET TIDETUR
257. s supported by InFusion also support counters that can control functions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties Q Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered Q Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties Q Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected Q Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action t
258. s the following menus and main toolbar Open Sample File Open Last Saved Protocol Analyzer Open Last Saved Performance Analyzer Project Open Last Saved Target Emulator Open Find Device Dialog ca el Ld Il He E Record E S mn S l dE d Upload Manager Trainer Stop Hardware InFusion Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Data Block Activate Deactivate Device Target Emulation Figure 2 3 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar 34 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SATA Software Menus and Toolbar LeCroy Corporation SATA Software Menus and Toolbar The SATA software has the following menus and main toolbar Open Sample File Open Last Saved Protocol Analyzer Open Last Saved Performance Analyzer Project Open Last Saved Device Emulator Open Find Device Dialog m d Sol ll z Gel 0 nes Ba Sy TE E Upload Manager A Trainer Stop Hardware InFusion Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Activate Deactivate Device Target Emulation Figure 2 4 SATA Software Menus and Toolbar Run Hardware To get an immediate overview of the bus traffic to and from your Analyzer 1 Clickthe Record Record button 2 The analyzer begins filling the defined memory buffer with traffic on the bus After the traffic fills the memory buffer the traffic is uploaded to the viewer and the Packet View display opens Packet View is the default display However you can view results in any of the
259. scenario is as follows 1 Create a scenario in the main library 2 Copy the scenario from main library to a device library by drag and drop with a mouse Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device 3 Download all scenarios in the device library to a InFusion device Select the scenario in the device library that you want to run on the device 5 Torun the scenario click the Start Scenario button from the Device Library toolbar The device starts to monitor modify traffic Note Step 1 is described in detail for each example in following sections Steps 2 to 5 are described in detail at the end of this chapter 246 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules This section gives examples for creating the Global Rules area of a scenario Recall that the Global Rules area defines a single test state The Global Rules do not have the capacity for multiple states so that area of a scenario cannot change state In terms of InFusion testing a state defines test behavior In this context behavior is waiting for an event and responding with an action or set of actions that happen simultaneously Keep in mind that a test state you implement with the Global Rules operates in parallel with the active test state of each sequence in the scenario In effect InFusion lets you do up to three line tests at the same time You can
260. se All Expand All Figure 2 59 SAS Select Sequential Trigger Mode SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different patterns Timer The sequential triggering mode offers the option of triggering on a timer or inserting a timer in the triggering sequence to delay detection of the next pattern in the sequence To insert a timer in the trigger list double click Timer to open the Timer dialog x Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit Cancel milliseconds C microseconds L Figure 2 60 Timer Dialog Enter a Timer Value choose the Time Unit and click OK 80 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Defining Patterns The definition of patterns for the sequential trigger mode is identical to the Any Trigger mode with the following exception In sequential triggering mode the definition dialogs for the triggering patterns enable the setting to count the number of occurrences This allows you to specify the number of times that the pattern must occur before triggering or proceeding in the trigger sequence Count Expected number of occurrences fi i Figure 2 61 Number of Occurrences Note The events on each link are counted independently causing a trigger whenever the number of occurrences on any link equals the specified value Triggering Order As triggering patterns are defined and added they are displayed in the Project Tree sequentially
261. set a trigger on these protocol errors Disable Scrambling If checked causes the Analyzer to assume that no traffic is scrambled By default the Analyzer assumes the scrambling state of the devices under test Show XXXX value Check this option to display XXXX values ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA Choose the ALIGN Transmission Period for SSP and STP by clicking the corresponding option button then open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Error Mask Click the Protocol Error Mask button to open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Errors k X Protocol Errors O Code Violation O Disparity Error O ALIGN Error penes CJ STP Signaling Latency Error CJ STF Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive C STF Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout O Frame Type Error L Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error O CRC Error DO ACK NAK Timeout O Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation Check Disable Protocol error detection pisa di issu Un Check Enable Protocol error detection Figure 2 66 Protocol Errors Dialog Check the Protocol Errors that you want the Analyzer to ignore 86 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analyzer Settings LeCroy Corporation When RD Error and Code violation Error are set as trigger events RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the OOB sequen
262. sport Save Load Close Figure 3 142 SAS Identified Devices Click a device in the Device List to display information about that device Aliasing You can enter a 16 character alias name for a device In the Device List right click the device name and enter an alias after the colon The alias name appears in the Device List Exporting You can export a device specification to a text file Click the Export button to open the Export dialog 210 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Compliance Test SATA LeCroy Corporation Compliance Test SATA The Compliance Test consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SATA specification SATA compliance is at UTD Rev 1 4 Note The tests follow the LeCroy MOI which is described in the SATA Digital Device MOI LeCroy 1 00 UTD1 4 pdf file in the installed Documents directory Note You can start tests using the command line The SAS SATA Protocol Suite API Reference Manual Section 2 12 starting on page 153 explains how to write VB scripts to automate compliance tests and generate results as RTF files To run a Compliance Test 1 Select Tools on the main toolbar and choose Compliance Test to open the Compliance Test dialog Compliance Test Digital test group UTD Version General Device Requirements LITD 1 3 Load Native Command Queuing C UTD 14 Asynchronous Signal Recovery A Save Soft
263. st in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view To assign port names in an open sample view select Configuration gt Set Port Alias Port alias e x New part name Figure 3 72 SAS Assign Port Alias Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 157 LeCroy Corporation SAS Address Alias SAS only Assign a meaningful name to each port in use and click OK The assigned names replace the port numbers in the sample view Host 33 926 666 us Device 1 22 m E 33 453 333 US If you elect to save the capture sample file the assigned port names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default If you want to set these port aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default port aliases SAS Address Alias SAS only 158 SAS Address Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each SAS address to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view To assign SAS address names in an open sample view select Configuration gt Set SAS Address Alias SAS Adress Alias SAS Address Hash Address Alias Name 5000628 000001074 FFFF54 Intrasever E 5O060560000003C4 662525 Network tools 1 BOOOE 25000000001 DB182F Catalyst 5O06056000000305 500252 Network tools 2 50000500001 04765 CCAD3C Seagate 1 FOOOCSOO001 a3p 9
264. sulting report has only the capture between the cursors From x Cursor y To T Cursor v N Y Cursor P Figure 3 96 Report between Cursors C From Sequence Report between Events Click the option button next to the From the event selection dropdown list click the From down arrow to choose the 1st event then enter the number of its occurrence Next click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd event then enter the number of its Occurrence From Link y No fi To Link v Nofi Link FIS ATA Cmd Cancel Phy Reset Figure 3 97 SATA Report between Events Click OK The resulting report are limited to the capture between the defined events SAS vs SATA SAS adds Transport SCSI Cmd SMP Cmd and Task Mng to the drop down list and deletes FIS and Phy Reset 178 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content SAS A complete SAS statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog General Bus Condition Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others O O ODODDODDODoDDoCOo oooO O SATA A complete SATA statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog
265. t Expansion Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 207 LeCroy Corporation Tools LED Buzzer Check To perform a LED or Buzzer check select the LED Buzzer tab xi Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer The LED board shows Following patterns 1 Of All LEDs are ON 2 OFF All LEDs are OFF 3 Walking GFF All LEDs are ON and only one LED is turned OFF and start moving 4 Walking Oh All LEDs are OFF and only one LED is turned ON and start Moving Save error details Cave Tr C Program Files LeCronLeCrop SATA Protocol Suite User Error detail elf El i Append error details o dle Number OF Run Each Test Aun All Tests Sequentially Start LED Buzzer Check Close Figure 3 139 Self Test Dialog LED Buzzer Tab Check LED Test or Buzzer Test and click the Start LED Buzzer Check button For the LED you should see the LED pattern For the buzzer you should hear it sound You must click the Stop Test button to stop the check 208 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find Device LeCroy Corporation Find Device Saving device information allows you to import the specific device information into the Target Device emulator The Find Device utility obtains all vendor specific information and detailed device parameters
266. t Preview Report Display Settings Move to X Cursor Y Cursor or None gel e dr 4b o 192 n Move X Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Toolbar LeCroy Corporation Export as Microsoft Excel file E The Export to Excel button opens the Export to Excel dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Excel file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Save as Text file The Save as Text button opens the Export to Text dialog Choose a folder in er which to save the Text file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Print Statistical Report The Print button opens the select printer dialog Choose an available printer and click OK ll Li Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 193 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Toolbar Print Preview 194 Catalyst Enterprises Inc Senal ATA General Type Direction Duration___ Count FIS H gt D__ 63318670654 vs 1000 Fis D gt H__ 39972000122 us s99 Lo 1 o0010291 1999 Primitive CONT D H jeso EOF m D 1000 EOF j b H 999 HOLD H D 1000 HOLDA H D X 500 RIP H D 1000 4 RIP DH jo99 ROK H D 1000 e CTA 1000 Dn fo H gt D 1000 i D H 999 H D 1000 4 HD 1 v O ooo HD 1000 999 i 4 EA 7 ount Regae
267. t Transfer Tag H M AA A yq A AA AA e Am E 338 CADIC 0 0 0 0177 EN Relative Time Figure 2 5 SAS Typical Packet View Results Display SAS In case of an STP interface the expander displays STP addresses provided to the SATA drive and the SAS software integrates the STP addresses in the ATA command The results display shows each transaction for every layer identified in a different color and the data direction identified with data direction arrows Upstream traffic has an arrow from right to left lt Downstream traffic has an arrow left to right gt You can hide any layer by clicking the corresponding Show Hide button on the menu bar The system retains all captured data but the display has only some data layers for simpler viewing You can configure the viewer display for test and viewing preferences See Viewer Display on page 99 for details about configuring the viewer display The Analysis Project dialog offers you a comprehensive set of choices to create a trigger and capture project satisfying some specific need You can set the Analyzer to Q Capture specific patterns see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 46 Capture different patterns pre and post trigger Exclude parameters from capture Trigger on a pattern or sequence of patterns see Trigger Setup on page 62 Configure trace capture memory Settings tab Select file to save trace capture in memory Settings tab Inc
268. t is automatically saved to the Host PC hard drive Other Switch to CATC Navigation Packet view will open in CATC mode Reverse Link Data The software shows DWORDs of link data as reversed Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 163 LeCroy Corporation Spread Sheet View Tab Pack Repeated Primitives The software packs repeated primitives just after opening a sample file Cancel button kills upload immediately The software kills the uploading process if you press Cancel Close previous sample file when new sample file opens When you want to open a new sample file the software closes any open sample files Create statistical report read write page The software creates a Read Write page in the statistical report Enabling this setting displays the Read Write Stream DMA command in the Read Write page Spread Sheet View Tab Software Settings X General Sample Viewer Spread Sheet View Column Vig Field List View Color Setting I Repeat decoded command in frame column v Decode CDB of Commands Show Sector Count instead of XFER Length Based on Cell Type Based on Port No Based on Read Write Command Type m Based on Specific Command Type Anchor the Selection bar Set the Anchor row as sync point Setas Factory Cancel Figure 3 78 SATA Software Settings Dialog Spread Sheet View Tab The SAS Software Settings
269. t setting Select the Show Field List as Embedded in frame spreadsheet views checkbox in order to view the Field List View embedded in the Frame or Spreadsheet View Refresh the spreadsheet view to see the Field List View embedded as a column as shown in the following screen capture 112 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Ime stamp x A 11 511 578 66 Lir Diagnostic 0x90 Honmal Output 0101010000000 Diagnostic Code 01 Signature 0000000101 Ph Port Protocol Device Diagnostic x05 Status Normal Output 000173 FIS Type Register Host to Device cL D H Reg FIS 34 eee D H Reg FIS 34 euer D H Reg FIS 34 7 a Di D H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 087 600 E Di x D HReg FIS 34 X D H Reg FIS 34 36 PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 48 D H Reg FIS 24 D H Reg FIS 24 D H Reg FIS 24 3G D H Reg FIS 24 Set Features 36 01 D H Reg FIS 24 36 Figure 3 25 Field List View In the Column View check the Show Field View in Column View checkbox in the Software Settings dialog under the Configuration file menu then display Field View while the Column View is open Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View displays all of the Packet View fields in a time sequential spreadsheet format To d
270. te 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 O Run scripts ATAPI SCSI commands count 2 Expand Log fe Save Output 3 Settings Done x to Ons toT Ons Y to T Ons Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop For Help press F1 Figure 3 145 Run Verification Scripts Dialog To expand the Log window click the Expand Log button The Log window fills the whole window To see the Verification Scripts window again click the Collapse Log button To save output click the Save Output button Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE LeCroy Corporation 2 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog appears Choose Editor application and editing settings Notepad by default C Other Path to the editor BroWee Edit all selected scripts in one process Open all included files Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script Je program files lecroyeas protocol suites 545 Browse Display settings vw Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start v Load last output from saved log files when possible v Activate dialog after scriptis stop running e Remember dialog layout Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Savi
271. tered rr tons You can apply a filter on a descend packet if you check the Filter descend packet if ascend packet is filtered option If you uncheck this option the software only filters the filtered packet For example if this option is checked and any SCSI command is selected all transport and link packets of this command are filtered If you unchecked this option only selected SCSI commands are filtered Selectable Filter Options for SAS The SAS Filter Options are Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands Task Management Functions O UODODODDOLDO O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 137 LeCroy Corporation Filtering ATA Commands SCSI Command Status see Filter Check Condition below Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag see Filter by Tag Number below ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous see Miscellaneous below LDLIDLDLDLDLDLDLDLDLULUD Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Sample Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Sample Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides
272. the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change As in previous examples create the Global Rules area Click the prompt to add a sequence Prompts for the sequence appear beneath the Global Rules area You create a sequence one state at a time The application numbers states consecutively from O up 1 2 3 and so on New Scenario 0 Scenario is valid Status Mot saved Scenario Mame New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Click here to add a Sequence gt Figure 4 33 Example 7 Adding a Sequence Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 261 LeCroy Corporation Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules By default the name of the first sequence in a scenario is Sequence 0 The name of the first state is State 0 To change the name of a sequence or state or to associate a description with it click the name of the sequence or state A dialog box appears that allows you to enter that information Note The description does not appear on screen but you can bring it up by clicking the name of the sequence or state 4 In the State O area click the prompt to add an event Mew Scenario O dt xX Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event State oO Click here to di an evaent
273. the whole trace has uploaded The software automatically switches to full trace view after trace uploading finishes Note For SATA traces users must press CTRL Home to go to the begining of an uploaded trace and CTRL End to go to the end of an uploaded trace 100 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sample Properties LeCroy Corporation Using the Viewer Display To configure the data viewer display use the toolbars You can display the same data in Column view with transactions grouped for each active port Text view with transactions grouped for each active port Spreadsheet view Histogram view CATC Navigation View To change the view type when opening a sample change the default workspace or save options in the Software Settings dialog To toggle among open windows use CTRL TAB To reverse toggle order use CTRL SHIFT TAB To make a frame a trigger pattern in Packet View right click any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture Sample Properties The Sample Properties dialog displays a LDLLLDLDLDULD O Software version Sample file version Grouping Type Hardware bin file version Analyzer armed at Analyzer triggered at Sample saved at Original Capture Project Open displays the project settings used to capture the sample Licensing Information Sample Properties h X Software version 3 00 Build 275 Sample file version Version
274. then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Wait for Timer 100 us Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnl Wait for ALIGN 1 from Initiator Click here to add combined then Branch to Wait for Alignz Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN iz from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN il zClick here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 41 Example 9 Top Half of Scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 271 LeCroy Corporation Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 d Fix Aligns Test t x File Library c A X Wait for Aliqnz di Sequencers ex Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined erent gt id Align Tee then Branch to Wait for Align3 Click here to add another action wi Fix Aligns Test Wait for ALIGN 01 from Initiator OR ALIGN il from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event IT then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 2 lt Click here to add another action Click here to add
275. tings on page 161 The Read Write Command report displays the report data in columns with the following information Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type OpCode Command Tag LBA Sector Count Xfer Length Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Completion Time Performance Standard Deviation Count All Custom or a number O LDLLIUDOLDULULDLDDDUDLULLUDL 0x80e215 Normal O mek 5000626000001074 5000C50000104765 Write10 0x182 Oxaefaa6 0x4 2048 Good 352 266 662 6l 5000626000001074 5000C50000104765 SSP Read10 0x17C 0x1e65352 0x4 2048 Good 14 481 987 00 5000625000001074 5000C500001047B5 SSP Write10 0x176 0x2a206a5 0x4 2046 Good 968 693 359 3i Figure 3 113 SAS Read Write Command Report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 187 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content 188 Performance Report SAS To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O O DOODODDODDDODD oo oo ooo o O Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Initiator Bus Utilization Target Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration Cmd Minimum Write
276. tion automatically synchronizes their recording timestamps starts and stops To connect three Sierra M6 1 analyzers connect the Micro D end of a Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable ACO30XXA X to the Sync port of the first analyzer Connect the male DB 9 end of the Micro D to DB 9 cable to the female DB 9 end of a second Micro D to DB 9 cable Connect the Micro D end of the second Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable to the Sync port of the second analyzer Connect the male DB 9 end of the second Micro D to DB 9 cable to the female DB 9 end of a third Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable Connect the Micro D end of the third Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable to the Sync port of the third analyzer Figure 1 6 Example Cascading Three Analyzers with Micro D to DB 9 Cables Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 19 LeCroy Corporation Cascading Sierra Analyzers To connect a Sierra M6 1 analyzer to a Sierra M6 2 or M6 4 analyzer with a CATC SYNC Expansion Card connect the Micro D end of a Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable ACO30XXA X to the Sync port of the Sierra M6 1 analyzer Connect the female DB 9 end of the Micro D to DB 9 cable to the CATC SYNC OUT port of the Sierra M6 2 or M6 4 analyzer Figure 1 7 Cascading M6 1 and M6 2 or M6 4 Analyzers with a Micro D to DB 9 Cable Note You cannot connect a Sierra M6 1 analyzer to a Sierra M6 2 or M6 4 analyzer with a STX SYNC Expansion Card For Sierra M6 1 M6 2 and M6 4 analyzers connected by Sync cables
277. tting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output 170 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Update Sierra Device LeCroy Corporation Update Sierra Device The Update Sierra Device command allows you to update a Sierra M6 1 Analyzer or CATC Sync expansion card whose current version is incorrect 1 Click Configuration gt Update Sierra Device to display the Device Setup dialog A Dev Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Anal zerz2 1310 1310 POE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Update All Siera Emulators 2310 2310 POE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Sierra Analyzer 3310 3310 BENE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MBE C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Siera Infusion 53 20 5320 MES C Program FilessLeCrov 5 k Sierra Trainer 63 01 63 00 BR C Program FilessLeCroy s Figure 3 83 Device Setup Dialog with BAD Device Status Devices whose version is correct have an OK status A device whose version is incorrect has a BAD status Note You can click the ellipses at the end of a file path and name to display an Open dialog in which you can browse for files 2 Click the checkbox to the left of a device with BAD status then click Update Selected to begin the process that will make the Analyzer version correct Device Setu
278. tus area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use only one restart sequence action per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use one instance of Restart Current Sequence or Restart All Sequences If you try to use more than one a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use a maximum of 255 states per sequence If you try to use more than 255 states a red error message appears in the status area of the application The following table summarizes the examples that follow TABLE 4 6 Sequence Examples Example Description 7 Creating two sequences and Global Rules This scenario has two objectives that you implement with Global Rules and two sequences 1 You use Global Rules to replace any of three types of primitives 2 You use two sequences to detect the order in which a type of frame is received from initiator and target 8 Creating a sequence with many states 1 The objective of this scenario is to detect an incorrect order of primitives and to cause the device to beep when it happens You implement this scenario with a single five state sequence 9 Creating a sequence with many states 2 This scenario is an enhancement of example 8 In this scenario the objective is to detect an incorrect order of primitives fix it and cause the device to beep when this happens As with example 8 you implement this scenario with a single five
279. ude CONT Y Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle a Aj Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot S Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword Speed AutoSpeed I1 71 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 258 B9 Connection Details Simulation Mode Exclude Payload except fa Diword s Parameters Exclude ALIGN v Exclude Idle What analyzer triggers on Capture memory settings Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All Expand All Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 2 SATA New Analysis Project Dialog 32 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Tree LeCroy Corporation SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Exclude RRDY or Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC Project Tree The Project Tree on the right side of the main window displays a comprehensive tree structured overview of the project The project tree shows what to capture on what the analyzer triggers and the capture memory settings Capture Tab Fields The Capture tab has the following fields Exclude SATA_CON
280. uicker Filtering Direction You can select items for filtering in a single direction or both directions by checking the corresponding Port By default all ports are enabled Uncheck the port check boxes for ports not to include in the filter Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden 134 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Save Filter Setup After you have set up a Filter configuration you can save it as an SAS Filter file sfl or SATA Filter file tfl by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Filter dialog Filter Logic After you have set up Filter options you can set filter logic to And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options Multilevel Filtering in SAS You can set up a filter in a sequential steps by Multi level filtering In each level you can select specific items to AND to the previous level The results of all levels show in views Filter Options Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames I amp ddress Frames IL 155P Frames I 5 MP Frames I STP Frames I 5C5I Commands I_ISMP Commands OT ask Management Functions CATA Commands OSES
281. uito is 278 HES SCOP DG O nescias eese neg ee ced eec dada MN E ETE DNE 278 GOO LADO c RR 279 AUE p uico detis N A ia Mele lel Foe aS qus aboot V Dex E EE E E 280 AR 280 WANTED Da a 281 10 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation A 282 Appendix A Creating a Pattern Generator File 283 NEY WOTA i um mp 283 Comment to Matisnia id 284 Primitive definition fOrMat ooncocccoccccnccccconcccnccnanoncnonccnnncnnnonncnnrrnnrennrnnnrnnrnnnrnnnrnnrrnnrnanrnanennnennes 284 Loop definition formata dopo I aba Eurer a 284 Scramble definition TO Malin 284 I ole definition to Matias 284 END OF FILE dellilllOh insano canales 284 Example Pattern Generator File ui 285 Appendix B China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table 287 WAN Op rati ON ett nee 288 Appendix C How to Contact LeCroy occoncocconcccccoccconconccncconcnnnonncnnroncnnnrnarnanenaro 289 EN CO E 291 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 11 LeCroy Corporation Contents 12 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Introduction This manual describes installation and operation of the LeCroy Sierra M6 1 Protocol Analyzer and includes examples of typical applications 57 A NM6G 1 ST HO OO OO D IL get DO O Trig Error Link Spd Fr OOB Power Status Device Figure 1 1 LeCroy Sierra M6 1 Protocol Ana
282. ults display 129 Show Hide Command queue in results display 130 Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button 122 Show Hide DLLP packet in results display 130 Show Hide Field 107 Show Hide Link Packet button 129 Show Hide Physical Packet in results display 130 Show Hide TLP packet in results display 130 Show Hide Transport Packet button 129 Simulation Mode 27 Sleep statement 282 SMP Command report 186 SMP frame 53 SMP Frame Pattern dialog 53 74 SMP Transport report 184 Snapshot mode 62 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index LeCroy Corporation Soft Reset dialog 79 Software default 162 software installation 17 software settings 161 sorting column content 200 Spec View 120 Spread Sheet Color Setting 164 Spreadsheet View 28 spreadsheet view 113 SSP Frame 54 SSP Frame Pattern dialog 54 SSP Frame Type dialog 75 SSP Transport Report 184 State 231 statements 278 Static IP 173 Statistical report column setting 196 content SATA 179 options 179 save as text 194 Statistical Report toolbar 193 Statistical Report View 198 Statistical reports 28 Statistics button 202 Status bar 132 Stop Batch Script 223 Stop Hardware button 62 Stop statement 280 STP Transport report 184 subnet 26 Support 289 Switch to CATC Navigation 163 Symbol dialog 66 Symbol Notation button 131 Sync port 18 Synchronize with Trace View 118 T task command report 187 Technical Support 289 telephone num
283. uration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Example Sleep 100 Batch Script is valid Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Sleep 10ms Beep If specified condition is satisfied the system beep for specified duration Format Beep Duration Frequency Parameters Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Q Frequency Frequency in hertz Example IflIsStopped 0x83456 4 then Beep 2 20 8 Run 0x83456 Identify_Disparity error 282 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Pattern Generator File You may use any text editor or word processor to create a pattern generator file spg using the following conventions Key words ALIGN CONT DMAT EOF HOLD HOLDA PMACK PMNAK PMREQ_P PMREQ_S R_ERR R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY XXXX LOOP Enable Disable Host Device Scramble Role END OF FILE Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 283 LeCroy Corporation Comment format 284 Comment format Comment text Primitive definition format To add an ALIGN primitive use ALIGN or 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 To add a CONT primitive use CONT or 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 Loop definition format You may write a defined pattern into memory repeatedly by enabling a loop Loop definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable looping use Loop Enable Scramble definition format Scramble definition allows either Enable
284. ut additional permission but all copies should contain this copyright notice WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your LeCroy product please visit www lecroy com recycle LeCroy Corporation 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 TEL 800 909 7112 USA and Canada TEL 408 653 1260 worldwide Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual ii Chapter 1 MTOdUCHON NER ER RUOTE 13 Analyz r OVOIVIO Wicca n 13 zc SA a 14 Ieceiving Your ANA Zo id 15 Unpacking tne ANAIYZON nera ida 15 Analyzer C ACU C S nina daba 15 PONG ANC PENES 15 Rear ANON Bem PS 16 Installing YoUr ANALY Zurita 17 DOM Ware Installation caia 17 SVyStem TGSIarE ocio a vida eE sa Gd ond a Ron oux Ea Valdes vun a d de oda AUR V eee 17 Error Message serieinnsats CRI o P A DaDP de MARE cell ile r S Od 17 Hardware SCUD fien aM mc lE 17 Separdte SySfermis i2 srOrsag a 17 Connecting In General nina ab 17 Cascading Sierra Analyzers iniciada 18 Connecting Via Ethernet isis 21 Connecting toa NetWork anida ened nabnandeeetein 21 Connecting using a Hub Switch or Similar Device ccoocccnnccnnnicncicccoccnronancnnnnonanonaronnnronnnenarenanrnnrenanenas 21 SEIC DEVICE Mem P M
285. vents appear on the drop down list only if you are creating a sequence Sequences can have multiple states and they allow branching between states TABLE 4 2 Events Event Address Frame Analyzer Trigger Any DWORD ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error DWORD Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB Signal Primitives Running Disparity Error SAS Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI SMP Frame SNW SSP Frame Timer Trigger Input Description Occurrence of a specified address frame Trigger on Analyzer when its event matches You can see the trigger on the Status Bar but the Port Status dialog does not display any mark in the Trigger column Note This is different than the external trigger mechanism You do not need an external trigger cable Occurrence of any DWORD Occurrence of a particular ATA command Occurrence of a particular ATA command frame Occurrence of a particular ATAPI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of both line ports active not idling Occurrence of a CRC error Occurrence of a particular DWORD Occurrence of a particular FIS frame Occurrence of a particular SATA FIS type Occurrence of a particular frame type Occurrence of an invalid 10b code Both lines operating at 3 Gbps Both lines operating at 6 Gbps Occurrence of OOB signal
286. w docking or sizing or maximize screen utilization by using the Tile Views command To tile all open views horizontally select View gt Tile Views or click the Tile Horizontally All Views button on the main toolbar to the right of the view buttons This function only tiles views inside a trace window Note There is no command to tile views vertically Port Status You can get an overview of the active ports by clicking the Port Status button at the bottom right of the application window The Port Status displays the Port Soeed and Analyzer In addition to displaying OOB Link Frame and Error a display showing the buffer full opens when a trigger occurs Port status 30G Exerciser e 4n o Port status Port Speed Function OOB Link Frame Eror Trigger Buffer indicator T ii On Ue SE Se VA pee al 15G Exercizer e E E 3 qn o 08 G v Port status Port Speed Function 00B Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator 11 e o 3lll3 Exerciser n o a Y Figure 3 43 Port Status Window and Capturing Time 1 Pre trig capturing trig is 50 2 Trig point shown by red bar 36 pre trig was captured 3 Post trig capturing 50 post trig was captured and capturing has stopped Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 123 LeCroy Corporation Toolbars
287. ware Settings Preservation p yp i Interface Power Management Device Close Phy test group Host Device type e ATA C ATAPI Options Capture TimeOut 12 Second SSD Drive Add gt gt lt lt Remove Add All gt gt lt lt Remove All Device name Device m Compliance Report file c program files lecroy sata protocol suite User Compliance_Device ttf Browse View Saved Traces E No Test Name Description Result Detail 1 GTR 01 Once the initial Register device to host FIS has been received and successfully 175 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample acknowledged with no errors a device shall successfully respond to the setting of for further information the SRST bit in the Device Control register at any time and perform the software H2 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample reset protocol for further information 43 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information H4 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information H5 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 2 GTR 04 For all Serial ATA devices the entire contents of Word 93 in IDENTIFY DEVICE Passed or IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE data shall be cleared to zero Figure 3 143 SATA Compliance Test Selection Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 211 LeCroy Corporation Compl
288. xamine each instance of that type in the Sample Viewer T tb gt 3 of 137 Register Host to Device FIS The Jump to Previous button goes to the previous instance of the selected type in T the Sample Viewer The Jump to Next button goes to the next instance of the selected type in the JL Sample Viewer The Jump to Specific button goes to the instance specified as N of M items on the c Statistical Report toolbar Move The Move drop down list moves to the X Cursor Y Cursor or None 196 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Formatting the Statistical Report View LeCroy Corporation Formatting the Statistical Report View Initially the Statistical Report View contains all of the information in columns but you can customize the display by a Filtering columns by item a Sorting items by column a Hiding any column on the display Filtering Column Content To filter column content click the down arrow in the heading for that column and choose the items to display The default is All By checking a specific item you exclude everything but that item for display Type Open Address Frame SSP Frame Identif Address Frame Figure 3 124 SAS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display Custom Filter E xl Show selected items Identify amp dd F v Identify amp ddress Frame ayy Reset All Open ddress Frame C Show conditional items Equal to F
289. xport Paired 545 Address Report My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents r oy hy Computer Mo Network File name Mew Places Save as type Excel File cs Cancel Save s Range C All Packets f From T Cursor Ta T Cursor Figure 2 9 Export Paired SAS Address Report Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Packets O Range between selected cursors You can view expander traffic particularly during discovery in a spreadsheet format You can use column headers with SAS Address Pairs For example instead of 11 T1 12 T2 and so on the columns are Source Destination SAS Address pairs such as S1 SEP or S2 EXP 0 40 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual CrossSync Control Panel LeCroy Corporation CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite software application select the Launch CrossSync Control Panel entry in the Project Setup menu see the screens below Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu File View Configuration Project Setup Tools Help El el ds e Last Protocol Analyzer IL Last Performance Analyzer Es Last Target Emulator Launch CrossSync Control Panel Figure 2 10 Launching CrossSync from the S
290. y Corporation Any Trigger Mode In Any Trigger mode the Analyzer triggers whenever any of the patterns selected for triggering occurs an OR condition The procedure for selecting trigger parameters is identical to that for selecting capture parameters All items selected for triggering appear in the Project Tree To define patterns for triggering check the Pattern button in the Trigger dialog Capture Trigger Settings Notes C Don t care Snapshot Capture Exclude C Manual Trig Include XX s Pattem Y Include SATA SYNC m Include SATA CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude de Timer P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type Timeout p SMP Frame Ary SMP Frame Type External Trigger m Trigger Non Sequential l ty Settings Bus Condition idd Trigger Position in Memory 1 eee Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Jemovi Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s STP Frame Speed 3 0 Gbps I1 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 ATA Command Descrambling Enabled ATAPI Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode Address Frame Define Sequential Trigger Mode E Easy switch to Advanced mode E Colanse Al m Emand Figure 2 38 SAS Select Patterns for Trigger The SAS Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbo
291. yzer User Manual 251 LeCroy Corporation Example 3 Creating OR Conditions 252 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for either of two types of RRDY primitive and replaces them with an ERROR primitive This example includes a combined event a logical OR association of two or more single events Here the combined event consists of any occurrence of RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box 3 As you did in example 1 of this chapter choose RRDY Normal as the first primitive that you want to monitor 4 Click the add combined event prompt to add a second event Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 b x Mo action specified For the event RRD Y NORMALS From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the p Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal or BREDY Reserved 0 3 Description Wait for ERDY Normal or BRDY Reserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules E Wait for RADY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add an action 1 Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press F1

LeCroy SAS Sierra M6 1 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents